WO2020156412A1 - Uplink signal transmitting and receiving methods and devices, and system - Google Patents
Uplink signal transmitting and receiving methods and devices, and system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2020156412A1 WO2020156412A1 PCT/CN2020/073719 CN2020073719W WO2020156412A1 WO 2020156412 A1 WO2020156412 A1 WO 2020156412A1 CN 2020073719 W CN2020073719 W CN 2020073719W WO 2020156412 A1 WO2020156412 A1 WO 2020156412A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- power
- uplink
- port
- signal
- terminal device
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/02—Arrangements for optimising operational condition
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/02—Power saving arrangements
- H04W52/0209—Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/06—TPC algorithms
- H04W52/14—Separate analysis of uplink or downlink
- H04W52/146—Uplink power control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
- H04W52/24—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W52/00—Power management, e.g. Transmission Power Control [TPC] or power classes
- H04W52/04—Transmission power control [TPC]
- H04W52/18—TPC being performed according to specific parameters
- H04W52/24—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters
- H04W52/242—TPC being performed according to specific parameters using SIR [Signal to Interference Ratio] or other wireless path parameters taking into account path loss
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D30/00—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks
- Y02D30/70—Reducing energy consumption in communication networks in wireless communication networks
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to an uplink signal sending method, receiving method, device and system.
- terminal devices can support multi-antenna communication, so that the terminal device can have multiple communication ports to improve the spectrum efficiency and system capacity of the communication system.
- the multiple communication ports of the terminal device include multiple uplink ports for sending uplink signals to the network device.
- the terminal device When sending an uplink signal, the terminal device will equally distribute the transmission power for multiple uplink ports, and send multiple sub-signals of the uplink signal obtained based on the same modulation coding scheme (MCS) to the network device through multiple uplink ports. .
- MCS modulation coding scheme
- each uplink port sends a sub-signal of an uplink signal, and multiple sub-signals sent by multiple uplink ports correspond to one uplink signal.
- the MCS adopted by the terminal equipment is specified by the network equipment. Since the channel quality of the uplink channels corresponding to the multiple uplink ports is slightly different, when the multiple uplink ports of the terminal equipment transmit multiple sub-signals of the uplink signal with the same transmission power, the network equipment will The received power will also vary. Moreover, different MCSs have different code rates. When an uplink port with poor channel quality uses an MCS with a higher code rate, the network equipment will have a higher decoding error rate for the sub-signals sent by the uplink port.
- the network equipment uses the uplink port with the worst channel quality as the main basis to designate the MCS for the terminal device, so that the uplink port with the worst channel quality can be used based on the sub-signals sent by the designated MCS.
- the network device decodes correctly.
- this method prevents the uplink port with better channel quality from sending the sub-signals of the uplink signal obtained based on the MCS with higher bit rate, which limits the transmission capacity of the uplink port with better channel quality and is not conducive to improving the uplink throughput of the communication system. the amount.
- This application provides an uplink signal sending method, receiving method, device, and system to improve the uplink throughput of terminal equipment with multiple antennas.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal sending method, wherein a terminal device generates a first uplink signal, and the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; the terminal device passes the i-th one of the N uplink ports The ith uplink port sends the i-th first sub-signal to the network device, where the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the terminal device is the first transmission power between the i-th uplink port and the network device.
- i path loss related; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the terminal device is related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device. Therefore, different transmissions can be assigned to the uplink port
- the power is used to compensate for the influence of the difference in path loss between different uplink ports and network devices on the receiving result on the network device side, so that the receiving power of the N first sub-signals by the network device can be the same or similar.
- the i-th first transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the estimate of the i-th path loss value.
- the method before the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal, the method further includes: the terminal device obtains the i-th path loss estimation value, and the i-th path loss estimation value Is the estimated value of the i-th path loss; the terminal device allocates the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimate; among them, the i-th second transmit power and the i-th path loss The estimated value is positively correlated; the terminal device determines the i-th first transmission power according to the i-th second transmission power.
- the terminal device acquiring the i-th path loss estimation value includes: the terminal device sends a downlink signal according to the transmission power of the network device, and the i-th uplink port The corresponding downlink port obtains the i-th path loss estimation value for the received power of the downlink signal; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
- the method before the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal, the method further includes: receiving first power information sent by the network device; the first power The information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the terminal device; the terminal device allocates the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimate value, including: the terminal device obtains the i-th second transmit power according to the first power information The total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the terminal equipment; the terminal equipment allocates the i-th second transmission power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimate and the total transmission power; wherein the N uplink ports are respectively The sum of the corresponding second transmission power is not greater than the total transmission power.
- the uplink throughput can be improved while complying with the network device pair specified by the existing communication protocol. Transmission power control rules for terminal equipment.
- the decibel between the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power and the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power The power difference is not greater than the preset first threshold; the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated based on the i-th path loss estimate; the j-th second transmit power is based on the j-th path The loss estimate is calculated; where j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
- the difference in decibel power between the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power and the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power is not greater than the preset first threshold, so that the network device can
- the received power of the i-th sub-signal is the same or similar to the received power of the j-th sub-signal, thereby increasing the uplink throughput and reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment without reducing the MCS code rate.
- the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal includes: if the i-th second transmission power is not greater than the i-th uplink port Maximum transmission power, the terminal device transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th second transmission power; if the i-th second transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the terminal equipment The maximum transmit power of each uplink port, and transmit the i-th first sub-signal.
- the i-th first transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the i-th second transmit power is determined according to the following formula:
- the method before the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the reference port identifier and the second power information sent by the network device; the second power The information is used to indicate the power difference in decibels corresponding to the first uplink port; the first uplink port is any uplink port among the N uplink ports except the reference port corresponding to the reference port identifier; the terminal device obtains the power difference according to the second power information.
- the terminal device determines the i-th first transmission power for transmitting the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal includes: if the i-th third transmit power is not greater than the i-th uplink port Maximum transmission power, the terminal device transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power; if the i-th third transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the terminal equipment The maximum transmit power of each uplink port, and transmit the i-th first sub-signal.
- the i-th first transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the method before the terminal device receives the reference port identifier and the second power information sent by the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device reports the terminal device to the network device Power headroom information; the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the terminal device.
- the method further includes: the terminal device receives first power information sent by the network device; the first power information is used to indicate that the network device is a terminal The total transmit power allocated by the device; the terminal device obtains the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the second power information, including: the terminal device obtains the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the terminal device according to the first power information; The total transmit power and the second power information respectively obtain the third transmit power of N uplink ports; wherein the sum of the third transmit power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmit power; or, the third transmit power of the reference port The power is the average value of the total transmission power in the N uplink ports.
- the terminal device can calculate the third transmission power of each uplink port based on the total transmission power, Therefore, while improving the uplink throughput, it can comply with the power control rules of the network equipment to the terminal equipment stipulated by the existing communication protocol.
- the method further includes: the terminal device receives third power information sent by the network device; the third power information is used to instruct the network device as a reference The third transmit power allocated by the port; the terminal device obtains the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the second power information, including: the terminal device obtains the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port according to the third power information; the terminal The device obtains the third transmission power of the first uplink port according to the difference between the third transmission power allocated by the network device for the reference port and the decibel power corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving method, in which a network device receives N first sub-signals sent by a terminal device; wherein, the i-th first sub-signal is the terminal device passing through N uplink ports The i-th uplink port of is sent to the network device; the network device obtains the first uplink signal according to the N first partial signals.
- the method before the network device receives the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device performs the first uplink according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port The decibel power difference corresponding to the port allocation; the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmit power of the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port; the first uplink The port is any one of the N uplink ports except the reference port; the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively related to the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device; the network device sends to the terminal device The reference port identifier of the reference port, and the second power information; the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the network device allocates the corresponding decibel power difference to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port, including: network device Obtain the fourth transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port; the second uplink signal is the uplink signal that the terminal device sends to the network device before sending the first uplink signal; Four transmit power, and obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port from the received power of the second sub-signal, and obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port Or, the network device obtains the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmit power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal; the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port is used to indicate The path loss between the first uplink port and the network device is the sum of the deci
- the second uplink signal includes M second partial signals, and the M second partial signals are the terminal equipment Respectively sent through M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include the N uplink ports; before the network device obtains the fourth transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port, It also includes: the network device receives the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; the network device obtains the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port
- the fourth transmit power includes: the network device obtains the total actual transmit power of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the network device obtains the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device according to the total actual transmit power M fourth transmission power; the sum of the M fourth transmission power is the total actual transmission power.
- the method further includes: the network device sends the first power information to the terminal device, A piece of power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
- the method before the network device receives the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device according to the total transmit power allocated to the terminal device The average value among the N uplink ports is used to obtain the third transmission power of the reference port, and send the third power information to the terminal device. The third power information is used to indicate the third transmission power of the reference port to the terminal device.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal sending method, wherein the terminal device receives fifth power information sent by the network device; the fifth power information is used to indicate the power adjustment amount that the network device allocates to the N uplink ports. ; The terminal device obtains the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device for the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and adjusts the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port according to the i-th power adjustment amount; i is less than or equal to N and N is a positive integer greater than 1; the terminal device transmits the i-th first partial signal of the first uplink signal according to the adjusted i-th transmission power; the first uplink signal includes N first partial signals.
- the network device Since whether the network device can correctly decode the sub-signal is directly related to the quality of the sub-signal received by the network device, using the above method, the network device directly allocates power adjustments to the terminal device according to the quality parameters of the received N first sub-signals No need to estimate the path loss, the adjustment method is more direct and the result is more accurate.
- the terminal device sends power headroom information to the network device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; the power headroom information is used The network device allocates a power adjustment amount for the i-th uplink port.
- the terminal device receives the port set information sent by the network device; the port set information is used to indicate the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports; the fifth power information It includes the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment value corresponding to the set identifier.
- the first port set includes the i-th uplink port; the terminal device obtains the i-th power adjustment value according to the fifth power information, and according to the i-th
- the power adjustment amount adjusting the i-th transmit power includes: the terminal device determines one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information; the terminal device adjusts the above one according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information Or transmit power of multiple uplink ports.
- the network device can instruct the terminal device to adjust the transmit power of the multiple uplink ports included in the port set through the set identifier and the corresponding power adjustment amount, which is beneficial to saving signaling overhead.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving method, wherein the network device obtains the quality parameters corresponding to each of the N uplink ports according to the received N second partial signals of the second uplink signal; where N The second sub-signal is sent by the terminal device to the network device through the N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i-th uplink port is used to indicate the i-th quality parameter received by the network device The signal quality of the second sub-signal sent by the uplink port; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, and Send fifth power information to the terminal device; the fifth power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
- the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the network device to the i-th uplink port, and/or the first received power of the network device The signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal sent by i uplink ports.
- the i-th power adjustment value is negatively correlated with the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port.
- the method further includes: the network device receives the data sent by the terminal device Power headroom information; power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, including: the network device according to The i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port; wherein the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
- the method further includes: the network device constructs one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; for any port set, the port The set includes one or more uplink ports. If the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the preset second threshold; The device sends port set information; used to indicate the set identifier of the port set corresponding to each of the N uplink ports; the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, and sends it to the terminal device
- the fifth power information includes: the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located, and sends fifth power information to the terminal device, the fifth power information includes the set of the first port set Identification and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identification.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to: generate a first uplink signal, and the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals;
- the communication unit is configured to send the i-th first sub-signal to the network device through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports, and the communication unit sends the i-th first transmission power of the i-th first sub-signal , Is related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the i-th first transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the i-th An estimate of path loss.
- the processing unit is further configured to: obtain an i-th path loss estimation value, where the i-th path loss estimation value is the i-th uplink port An estimated value of the path loss between the network device and the network device; according to the estimated value of the i-th path loss, the i-th uplink port is allocated with the i-th second transmit power; wherein, the i-th second The transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value; the i-th first transmission power is determined according to the i-th second transmission power.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device, and the downlink port pair corresponding to the i-th uplink port The received power of the downlink signal obtains the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
- the communication unit is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to indicate The total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus according to the first power information; The path loss estimation value and the total transmit power allocate the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port; wherein the sum of the second transmit powers corresponding to the N uplink ports is not greater than the total Transmission power.
- the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is between the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power
- the decibel power difference of is not greater than the preset first threshold; the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated according to the i-th path loss estimate; the j-th second The transmission power is calculated according to the j-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the i-th second transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th second transmission power; if the i-th second transmission power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the i-th second transmit power is determined according to the following formula:
- the communication unit is further configured to: receive a reference port identifier and second power information sent by the network device; the second power information is used to indicate the first Decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port; the first uplink port is any uplink port among the N uplink ports except the reference port corresponding to the reference port identifier; the processing unit is further configured to: The third transmission powers of the N uplink ports are respectively obtained according to the second power information; wherein the decibel power of the third transmission power of the first uplink port is the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port , And the sum of the decibel power of the third transmit power of the reference port; determine the i-th transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmit power of the i-th uplink port One transmission power.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the i-th third transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power; if the i-th third transmission power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the communication unit is further configured to: report the power headroom information of the apparatus to the network device; the power headroom information Used to indicate the power headroom of the device.
- the communication unit is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to Indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the device according to the first power information; Power and the second power information, respectively obtain the third transmission power of the N uplink ports; wherein the sum of the third transmission power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power; or, the The third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power in the N uplink ports.
- the communication unit is further configured to: receive third power information sent by the network device; and the third power information is used to Instruct the network device to allocate the third transmit power for the reference port; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port according to the third power information; The third transmit power allocated by the network device to the reference port and the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information to obtain the third transmit power of the first uplink port.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or, Sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a processing unit and a communication unit; the communication unit is configured to: receive N first sub-signals sent by a terminal device; wherein, the i-th first sub-signal It is sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports; the processing unit is configured to obtain the first uplink signal according to the N first partial signals.
- the processing unit is further configured to: allocate a corresponding decibel power difference to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port;
- the decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmission power of the first uplink port and the third transmission power of the reference port;
- the first uplink port is the N number Any one of the uplink ports except the reference port;
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the device;
- the communication The unit is further configured to send the reference port identifier of the reference port and second power information to the terminal device;
- the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the second component of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port; The fourth transmission power of the signal; the second uplink signal is the uplink signal sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus before the first uplink signal is sent; according to the fourth transmission power, and the Obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port from the received power of the two-divided signal, and obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port; or , Obtaining the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmission power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal; the equivalent path corresponding to the first uplink port Loss is used to indicate the path loss between the first uplink port and the device, and the sum of the decibel power of the noise signal in the received second sub-signal; according to the equivalent of the first uplink
- the second uplink signal includes M second partial signals, and the M second partial signals are the terminal equipment
- the M uplink ports are respectively sent through the M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include the N uplink ports; the communication unit is further configured to: receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used for To indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the total actual transmission power of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; The total actual transmission power obtains M fourth transmission powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device; the sum of the M fourth transmission powers is the total actual transmission power.
- the communication unit is further configured to: send first power information to the terminal device, and the first power information is used to send The terminal device indicates the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
- the processing unit is further configured to: according to the average value of the total transmit power allocated to the terminal device in the N uplink ports , Obtain the third transmission power of the reference port; the communication unit is further configured to: send third power information to the terminal device, and the third power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the power of the reference port Third transmission power.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to: receive fifth power information sent by a network device; and the fifth power information is used to indicate the The power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports respectively; the processing unit is configured to obtain the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and according to The i-th power adjustment amount adjusts the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the communication unit is further configured to: The i-th transmit power of is to send the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal; the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
- the communication unit is further configured to: send power headroom information to the network device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the i-th uplink The power headroom of the port; the power headroom information is used by the network device to allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port.
- the communication unit is further configured to: receive port set information sent by the network device; the port set information is used to indicate that the N uplink ports are respectively The set identifier of the corresponding port set; the fifth power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier, and the first port set includes the i-th uplink port;
- the processing unit is specifically configured to: determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information; adjust the one or more uplink ports according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information. The transmit power of multiple uplink ports.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving device, which includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to: obtain the received second uplink signal according to the N second partial signals of the received second uplink signal
- the N uplink ports respectively correspond to quality parameters; wherein, the N second sub-signals are respectively sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus through the N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the first The i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i uplink ports is used to indicate the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the device and sent by the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is greater than 1.
- the i-th quality parameter allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port; the communication unit is configured to send fifth power information to the terminal device; Five power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
- the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the communication unit to the i-th uplink port, and/or, The signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the communication unit.
- the i-th power adjustment amount is related to the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the communication unit and sent by the i-th uplink port Negative correlation.
- the communication unit is further configured to: receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the i-th The power headroom of the uplink port; the processing unit is specifically configured to: allocate the i-th power adjustment to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port ⁇ ; Wherein, the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
- the processing unit is further configured to: construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; , The port set includes one or more uplink ports, and if the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than a preset The second threshold; the communication unit is further configured to: send port set information to the terminal device; the port set information is used to indicate the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports; the processing unit specifically Is configured to: allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located; the communication unit is specifically configured to: send fifth power information to the terminal device, and the fifth The power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an apparatus of an embodiment of the present application includes: a processor and a transceiver; the processor is configured to generate a first uplink signal, and the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; and the transceiver is configured to pass N uplink signals.
- the i-th uplink port in the ports sends the i-th first sub-signal to the network device, and the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the transceiver is the same as the i-th uplink port Related to the i-th path loss between the network devices; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the i-th first transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the i-th An estimate of path loss.
- the processor is further configured to: obtain an i-th path loss estimation value, where the i-th path loss estimation value is the i-th uplink port An estimated value of the path loss between the network device and the network device; according to the estimated value of the i-th path loss, the i-th uplink port is allocated with the i-th second transmit power; wherein, the i-th second The transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value; the i-th first transmission power is determined according to the i-th second transmission power.
- the processor is specifically configured to: according to the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device, and the downlink port pair corresponding to the i-th uplink port The received power of the downlink signal obtains the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to indicate The total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus according to the first power information; The path loss estimation value and the total transmit power allocate the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port; wherein the sum of the second transmit powers corresponding to the N uplink ports is not greater than the total Transmission power.
- the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is between the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power
- the decibel power difference of is not greater than the preset first threshold; the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated according to the i-th path loss estimate; the j-th second The transmission power is calculated according to the j-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
- the processor is specifically configured to: if the i-th second transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmit power, send the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th second transmit power through the transceiver; if the i-th second transmit power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power is to transmit the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port through the transceiver.
- the i-th second transmit power is determined according to the following formula:
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive a reference port identifier and second power information sent by the network device; the second power information is used to indicate the first Decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port; the first uplink port is any uplink port among the N uplink ports except the reference port corresponding to the reference port identifier; the processor is further configured to: The third transmission powers of the N uplink ports are respectively obtained according to the second power information; wherein the decibel power of the third transmission power of the first uplink port is the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port , And the sum of the decibel power of the third transmit power of the reference port; determine the i-th transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmit power of the i-th uplink port One transmission power.
- the processor is specifically configured to: if the i-th third transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmit power, send the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmit power through the transceiver; if the i-th third transmit power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power is to transmit the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port through the transceiver.
- the transceiver is further configured to: report the power headroom information of the apparatus to the network device; the power headroom information Used to indicate the power headroom of the device.
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to Instruct the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus according to the first power information; Power and the second power information, respectively obtain the third transmission power of the N uplink ports; wherein the sum of the third transmission power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power; or, the The third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power in the N uplink ports.
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive third power information sent by the network device; and the third power information is used to Instruct the network device to allocate the third transmit power for the reference port; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port according to the third power information; The third transmit power allocated by the network device to the reference port and the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information to obtain the third transmit power of the first uplink port.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or, Sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a processor and a transceiver; the transceiver is configured to: receive N first sub-signals sent by a terminal device; where the i-th first sub-signal is The terminal equipment sends to the apparatus through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports; the processor is configured to: obtain the first uplink signal according to the N first partial signals.
- the processor is further configured to: assign a corresponding decibel power difference to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port;
- the decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmission power of the first uplink port and the third transmission power of the reference port;
- the first uplink port is the N number Any one of the uplink ports except the reference port;
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the device;
- the transceiver The device is further configured to send the reference port identifier of the reference port and second power information to the terminal device; the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the second component of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port The fourth transmission power of the signal; the second uplink signal is the uplink signal sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus before the first uplink signal is sent; according to the fourth transmission power, and the Obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port from the received power of the two-divided signal, and obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port; or , Obtaining the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmission power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal; the equivalent path corresponding to the first uplink port Loss is used to indicate the path loss between the first uplink port and the device, and the sum of the decibel power of the noise signal in the received second sub-signal; according to the equivalent of the
- the second uplink signal includes M second partial signals, and the M second partial signals are the terminal equipment
- the M uplink ports are respectively sent through the M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include the N uplink ports; the transceiver is also used for: receiving the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used for To indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the total actual transmission power of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; The total actual transmission power obtains M fourth transmission powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device; the sum of the M fourth transmission powers is the total actual transmission power.
- the transceiver is further configured to: send first power information to the terminal device, and the first power information is The terminal device indicates the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
- the processor is further configured to: according to the average value of the total transmit power allocated to the terminal device in the N uplink ports , Obtain the third transmission power of the reference port; the transceiver is further configured to: send third power information to the terminal device, and the third power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the power of the reference port Third transmission power.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a transceiver and a processor; the transceiver is used to: receive fifth power information sent by a network device; and the fifth power information is used to indicate the The power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports respectively; the processor is configured to obtain the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and The i-th power adjustment amount adjusts the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the transceiver is also used to: according to the adjusted The i-th transmit power sends the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal; the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
- the transceiver is further configured to: send power headroom information to the network device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the i-th Power headroom of each uplink port; the power headroom information is used by the network device to allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port.
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive port set information sent by the network device; the port set information is used to indicate the N uplinks The set identifier of the port set corresponding to each port; the fifth power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier, and the first port set includes the i-th uplink port
- the processor is specifically configured to: determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information; adjust the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information The transmit power of one or more uplink ports.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving device, which includes: a transceiver and a processor; the processor is configured to: obtain the received second uplink signal according to the N second partial signals of the received second uplink signal
- the N uplink ports respectively correspond to quality parameters; wherein, the N second sub-signals are respectively sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus through the N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the first The i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i uplink ports is used to indicate the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the device and sent by the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is greater than 1.
- the i-th quality parameter allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port; the transceiver is configured to send fifth power information to the terminal device; Five power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
- the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the transceiver to the i-th uplink port, and/ Or, the signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the transceiver.
- the i-th power adjustment amount is compared with the second sub-signal received by the transceiver and sent by the i-th uplink port Signal quality is negatively correlated.
- the transceiver is further configured to: receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the second power headroom of i uplink ports; the processor is specifically configured to: allocate the i-th uplink port to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port Power adjustment amount; wherein the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
- the processor is further configured to: construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; A port set, the port set includes one or more uplink ports, and if the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the expected value.
- the transceiver is also used to: send port set information to the terminal device; the port set information is used to indicate the set identifier of the port set corresponding to the N uplink ports; the processing The device is specifically configured to: allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located; the transceiver is specifically configured to: send the fifth power information to the terminal device, the The fifth power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier.
- the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS .
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device; wherein, the terminal device includes the device provided in the ninth aspect or any one of the ninth aspects, the network The device includes the device provided in any embodiment of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect; or, the terminal device includes the device provided in any embodiment of the eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect, and the network device includes the device provided in the first A device provided by the twelfth aspect or any embodiment of the twelfth aspect.
- the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including a processor, and optionally a memory; where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program, so that the chip system is installed
- the communication device of the above-mentioned first aspect or any embodiment of the first aspect is executed; and/or the communication device installed with the chip system executes any of the above-mentioned second aspect or any embodiment of the second aspect; and/or, so that The communication device installed with the chip system executes the foregoing third aspect or any embodiment of the third aspect; and/or causes the communication device installed with the chip system to execute any embodiment of the foregoing third aspect or the third aspect.
- embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
- the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the methods described in the foregoing aspects.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a possible wireless access network network structure applicable to an embodiment of this application;
- FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a handheld terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 6 is a second schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 7 is the third schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 8a is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 8b is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 8c is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 8d is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a possible MAC CE provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable.
- the communication system shown in FIG. 1 includes a network device 20 and a terminal device 10. It should be understood that FIG. 1 is only a schematic diagram of the architecture of the communication system.
- the number of network devices and the number of terminal devices in the communication system are not limited, and the communication system to which the embodiment of this application applies except includes network devices.
- the terminal device it may also include other devices, such as core network devices, wireless relay devices, and wireless backhaul devices, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the network device in the embodiment of the present application may integrate all functions in one independent physical device, or may distribute the functions on multiple independent physical devices, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may be connected to the network device in a wireless manner.
- the terminal device 10 and the network device 20 shown in FIG. 1 may be devices in a wireless access network.
- Figure 2 is a wireless access network network structure to which the embodiments of this application are applied.
- the access network is divided into cellular cells, and the terminal equipment in each cell and the network equipment of the cell exchange signaling and data through an air interface link.
- Network equipment can be based on multiple access technologies, depending on the network standard used.
- network equipment 20 can be gNB (next Generation Node B), using OFDMA (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access) , Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access) multiple access methods.
- the network device 20 may also include, but is not limited to, other types of base stations (for example, base station NodeB, evolved base station eNodeB), base stations or network equipment in future communication systems, access nodes in WiFi systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless Return node) and so on.
- the network device 20 may also be a wireless controller in a cloud radio access network (cloud radio access network, CRAN) scenario.
- the network device 20 may also be a small station, a transmission reference point (TRP), etc. Of course, this application is not limited to this.
- the terminal device 10 is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as ships, etc.); it can also be deployed in the air (such as airplanes). , Balloons and satellites etc.).
- the terminal device 10 may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, a virtual reality (VR) terminal device, an augmented reality (Augmented Reality, AR) terminal device, industrial control Wireless terminals in (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self-driving), wireless terminals in remote medical (remote medical), wireless terminals in smart grid (smart grid), transportation safety (transportation safety)
- the embodiment of this application does not limit the application scenario.
- the terminal device 10 may sometimes be referred to as user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile equipment, UE terminal equipment, wireless communication Equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc.
- UE user equipment
- the communication systems to which the above system architecture is applicable include but are not limited to: Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution (TDD LTE), Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution (Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, FDD LTE) , Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A), and various wireless communication systems that will evolve in the future, such as 5G new radio (NR) communication systems.
- TDD LTE Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution
- FDD LTE Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
- 5G new radio (NR) communication systems such as 5G new radio (NR) communication systems.
- the terminal device 10 has multiple antennas (antenna 101, antenna 102, antenna 103, and antenna 104), and these antennas can be used as uplink ports and downlink ports in the terminal device 10 for transmitting data with the network device 20.
- the upstream port 101U indicates the antenna 101 in uplink transmission
- the uplink port 102U indicates the antenna 102 in uplink transmission
- the uplink port 103U indicates the antenna 103 in uplink transmission
- the uplink port 104U indicates the antenna in uplink transmission.
- the lower row port 101D represents the antenna 101 in downlink transmission
- the downlink port 102D represents the antenna 102 in downlink transmission
- the downlink port 103D represents the antenna 103 in downlink transmission
- the downlink port 104D represents the antenna 104 in downlink transmission ( Figure 1 Not shown in).
- the terminal device 10 can receive the downlink signal sent by the network device 20 through all the downlink ports together to increase transmission reliability and increase the downlink throughput. And, sending an uplink signal to the network device 20 through one or more uplink ports.
- an uplink port such as the uplink port 101U
- the uplink port 101U and the network device 20 There can be 1 data stream transmission between devices. If four uplink ports are used to send signals to the network device 20, it can be increased to 4 data stream transmissions. It can be seen that under ideal circumstances, the terminal device 10 uses more uplink ports to transmit signals. When the network device 20 sends an uplink signal, the more beneficial it is to improve the uplink throughput of the terminal device 10.
- the network device 20 may allocate a modulation coding scheme (Modulation Coding Scheme, MCS) to the terminal device 10. Furthermore, the terminal device 10 may divide the data to be transmitted into 4 parts, and obtain the 4 sub-signals corresponding to the uplink signal based on the MCS designated by the network device for it. It can also be considered that the terminal device 10 sends the uplink signal to the network device 20 Including the 4 sub-signals. And, the terminal device 10 allocates the same transmission power to the 4 uplink ports, and transmits the above-mentioned 4 sub-signals respectively through the 4 uplink ports.
- MCS Modulation Coding Scheme
- the terminal device can send sub-signal 1U through uplink port 101U, sub-signal 2U through uplink port 102U, and sub-signal 3U through uplink port 103U , Send the sub-signal 4U through the uplink port 104U.
- the communication channels between the uplink ports 101U to 104U and the network device 20 may have different channel qualities.
- the terminal device 10 is a smart phone, and the user often covers one or more antennas when holding the terminal device 10, which causes the path loss of the uplink port corresponding to the covered one or more antennas to increase greatly.
- the 1.8GHz frequency band The above test shows that the handheld has a 7-8dB attenuation of the uplink signal.
- the terminal device 10 in FIG. 1 is held by a user, it can be as shown in FIG. 3, where the dotted lines indicate perspective, that is, the antennas 101 to 104 are located on the back of the terminal device 10.
- the back is in contact with the palm of the user .
- the antenna 103 and the antenna 104 on the back of the terminal device 10 are covered by the palm of the user, while the antenna 101 and the antenna 102 are not covered by the palm of the user. This causes the path loss corresponding to the antenna 103 and the antenna 104 to be much greater than that of the antenna 101 and The path loss corresponding to the antenna 102.
- the multiple antennas of the terminal device 10 may have different antenna gains, so that even if the same transmit power is allocated to different uplink ports, different uplink ports may have different antenna gains.
- the actual power of sending sub-signals between ports may also vary.
- the pattern of multiple antennas cannot be guaranteed to be exactly the same. Even if the antenna calibration is completed in the initial direction, the antenna gain will still differ in some other directions.
- the difference in gain between different antennas and the signal attenuation caused by hand-holding or shielding can be regarded as an impact on the channel quality between the uplink port and the network device 20.
- the terminal device 10 transmits the sub-signals 1U to 4U with the same transmission power, the signal quality of the sub-signals 1U to 4U on the network device 20 side will also be different.
- the terminal device sends a sub-signal 1U to the network device 20 through the uplink port 101U with a transmission power of 10W, and sends a sub-signal 2U to the network device 20 through the uplink port 102U with a transmission power of 10W, because the uplink port 101U and the network device 20
- the path loss therebetween is greater than the path loss between the uplink port 102U and the network device 20, so that the received power of the network device 20 receiving the sub-signal 1U is less than the receiving power of the receiving sub-signal 2U.
- the difference between the received power of different sub-signals by network equipment can even reach more than 10dB.
- the network device 20 will allocate MCS to the terminal device according to the channel quality between each uplink port of the terminal device 10.
- MCS is used to indicate the modulation mode and channel coding of PUSCH.
- the network equipment can allocate a higher code rate MCS to the terminal equipment to improve the uplink throughput.
- the network equipment can also adjust the MCS according to the initial block error rate (BLER) of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH).
- BLER block error rate
- PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
- the network device 20 For the network device 20, if the MCS allocated to the terminal device 10 has a higher code rate, and the received power of any component signal sent by the terminal device 10 is small, the network device 20 cannot correctly decode the component. Signal, so that the network device 20 cannot correctly decode the uplink signal to which the sub-signal belongs. Based on this, the network device 20 usually allocates MCS to the terminal device 10 based on the transmission capability of the uplink port with the worst signal quality. For example, among the uplink ports 101U to 104U shown in Figure 1, the channel quality of 101U is the worst. The network device 20 will allocate MCS to the terminal device 10 based on the transmission capacity of 101U to ensure that it can receive the uplink port 101U to Sub-signals sent by 104U.
- the network device 20 can correctly decode the uplink signals sent by the terminal device 10 through multiple uplink ports, the above method does not fully utilize the transmission capacity of the uplink port with better channel quality, which limits the uplink throughput of the terminal device. The amount is further improved. In addition, this method does not make full use of the transmit power of the uplink port with better channel quality, which is not conducive to reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment.
- the terminal device 10 may select an uplink port with the best channel quality from a plurality of uplink ports, and send an uplink signal to the network device 20 through the uplink port with the best channel quality.
- the method does not actually take advantage of the multi-antenna feature of the terminal device 10, and it also limits the further improvement of the uplink throughput of the terminal device 10.
- the embodiments of the present application provide an uplink signal transmission method and an uplink signal reception method, which are collectively referred to as an uplink signal transmission method hereinafter.
- an uplink signal transmission method By allocating different transmission powers to multiple uplink ports of the terminal device 10, the The multiple sub-signals sent may have the same or similar signal quality on the side of the network device 20, so as to improve the uplink throughput of the terminal device 10 and reduce the power consumption of the terminal device 10.
- the transmission power can be reduced, which is beneficial to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device 10.
- the transmission power can be increased, which is beneficial to improve the terminal device 10.
- Upstream throughput Generally, the channel quality between the uplink port of the terminal device 10 and the network device 20 can be represented by path loss. The smaller the path loss, the better the channel quality, and the greater the path loss, the worse the channel quality. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the transmission power of any uplink port of the terminal device 10 for sending the sub-signal is related to the path loss between the uplink port and the network device 20. Detailed description will be given below in conjunction with specific embodiments.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 4, it mainly includes the following steps:
- the terminal device generates a first uplink signal, where the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
- the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or it may be a sounding reference signal used for uplink beam management, codebook, and no codebook ( sounding reference signal, SRS). That is, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can be used to allocate the transmit power of each uplink port when the terminal device transmits the signal of the PUSCH channel or the SRS.
- the terminal device may determine whether to use multiple uplink ports to send the first uplink signal according to an instruction of the network device. If the network device instructs the terminal device to use multiple uplink ports to send the first uplink signal, the first uplink signal generated by the terminal device includes N first sub-signals, where the value of N corresponds to the number of uplink ports used correspond. Taking FIG. 1 as an example, if the network device 20 instructs the terminal device 10 to use 4 uplink ports to send the first uplink signal, the first uplink signal generated by the terminal device 10 includes 4 first sub-signals.
- the terminal device sends the i-th first partial signal to the network device through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports, where the i-th first transmission power of the i-th first partial signal sent by the terminal device is Related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the i-th uplink port may be any uplink port in the terminal device, and the i-th first sub-signal is the first sub-signal sent by the terminal device through the i-th uplink port.
- the first transmission power is the transmission power of the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal
- the i-th path loss is the path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device.
- the i-th uplink port is the uplink port 101U
- the i-th first sub-signal is the sub-signal 1U sent by the terminal device 10 through the uplink port 101U
- the i-th first transmission power is the sub-signal 1U sent by the terminal device 10
- the i-th path loss is the path loss between the uplink port 101U and the network device 20. It can be understood that the value of i in the embodiment of the present application is taken from 1 to N, that is, for each of the N uplink ports, the terminal device performs S202.
- the terminal device may respectively send the N first partial signals of the first uplink signal from the N uplink ports by using the same or different transmission power.
- the first uplink signal includes sub-signal 1U, sub-signal 2U, sub-signal 3U, and sub-signal 4U.
- terminal device 10 sends sub-signal 1U through uplink port 101U, and sub-signal 2U through uplink port 102U .
- the transmission power of the terminal device 10 for sending the sub-signal 1U and the transmission power of the sub-signal 2U may be the same; if The path loss between the uplink port 101U and the network device 20 is different from the path loss between the uplink port 102U and the network device 20, and the transmission power of the terminal device 10 sending the sub-signal 1U may be different from the transmission power of the sub-signal 2U.
- the i-th first transmit power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the estimated path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device .
- the terminal device 10 sends a sub-signal 1U with a transmission power greater than that of a sub-signal 2U. power.
- different transmission powers can be allocated to the uplink port to compensate for the difference in path loss between the uplink port 101U and the uplink port 102U and the network device 20 on the network device 20 side receiving result, so that the network device 20 divides the signal
- the received power of 1U and sub-signal 2U are the same or similar. It can not only make the uplink port 101U with larger path loss use larger transmission power, so as to adapt to the MCS with higher bit rate, which is beneficial to improve the uplink throughput, but also can save the transmission power of the uplink port 102U with smaller path loss. Without reducing the MCS code rate, it is beneficial to reduce the power consumption of the terminal device 10.
- the handheld terminal device adopting this solution can reduce the attenuation of the downlink received signal and the uplink transmitted signal from the antenna.
- the i-th first transmit power may be allocated by the terminal device itself, or may be allocated by the network device to the terminal device.
- the first embodiment and the second embodiment are taken as examples to provide possible implementations of the above two cases respectively.
- FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 5, it mainly includes the following steps:
- S301 The terminal device generates a first uplink signal.
- the specific implementation of this step is similar to that of S201, and will not be described again.
- S302 The terminal assumes that the i-th path loss estimate value is obtained, where the i-th path loss estimate value is the estimate value of the i-th path loss above.
- the terminal device 10 obtains the path loss between the uplink ports 101U to 104U and the network device 20, respectively estimated value.
- the terminal device 10 can estimate the path loss between the four uplink ports and the network device 20 according to the reception of the downlink signal sent by the network device 20, so as to obtain the path loss estimates corresponding to the N uplink ports. Taking the uplink port 101U in FIG.
- the terminal device 10 can be based on the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device 20, and the downlink port corresponding to the uplink port 101U, that is, the pair of downlink ports 101D
- the received power of the downlink signal obtains the estimated value of the path loss between the uplink port 101U and the network device 20.
- the terminal device allocates the i-th second transmission power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the i-th second transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value.
- the i-th second transmit power refers to the second transmit power allocated by the terminal device to the i-th uplink port.
- the second transmit power allocated by the terminal device to the N uplink ports increases with the increase of the path loss corresponding to the uplink port.
- the estimated path loss between uplink port 101U and network device 20 is 5dB
- the estimated path loss between uplink port 102U and network device 20 is 6dB
- the estimated path loss between uplink port 103U and network device 20 is 6dB.
- the estimated path loss is 7dB
- the estimated path loss between the uplink port 104U and the network device 20 is 8dB.
- the second transmission power allocated by the terminal device 10 to the uplink ports 101U to 104U is sequentially increased.
- the terminal device 10 may respectively transmit sub-signals 1U to 4U according to the second transmission power allocated to the uplink ports 101U to 104U, respectively.
- the terminal device 10 may also determine whether the i-th second transmission power is greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port before sending the i-th first sub-signal.
- the second transmission power transmits the i-th component signal, that is, the i-th second transmission power is the i-th first transmission power.
- the transmission power of the i-th sub-signal in the terminal device 10 is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power allocated by the terminal device to the i-th uplink port and the j-th second transmit power allocated to the j-th uplink port The decibel power difference between the received power is not greater than the preset first threshold, where the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated based on the i-th path loss estimate, and the j-th second The transmit power is calculated based on the j-th path loss estimate; j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
- the value of the first threshold can be set according to the environment of the communication system, usually a smaller value, that is, the estimated received power corresponding to the second transmission power allocated by the terminal equipment to the N uplink ports is the same or similar, so that The network device 20 may receive the N first sub-signals of the first uplink signal with the same or similar received power.
- the network device can allocate the total transmission power to the terminal device according to various factors such as the service type of the terminal device and the system environment, and indicate the total transmission power allocated to the terminal device through the first power information, as shown in the figure S307 in 5 shows.
- the first power information may be a transmit power control (TPC) command
- TPC command is 2 bits, which may be used to indicate any of the four power adjustments.
- TPC transmit power control
- For the absolute power adjustment the terminal device can determine the total transmission power according to the power control adjustment currently indicated by the network device.
- the TPC command may be carried in the downlink control information (DCI) on the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the network device dynamically adjusts the total transmission power of the first uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the TPC command.
- DCI downlink control information
- PDCCH physical downlink control channel
- the TPC command for the network device to adjust the PUSCH transmission power of the terminal device can be carried in the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 on the PDCCH, or can be carried in the DCI format 2_2, that is, the network device is carried in the DCI format 2_2
- the TPC command of a group of terminal devices adjusts the total transmit power of a group of terminal devices.
- the TPC command used by the network device to adjust the power of the SRS transmitted by the terminal device can be multiplexed with the TPC command used to adjust the power of the PUSCH channel sent by the terminal device, that is, the network device cooperates with the power control terminal device to transmit the signals carried by the SRS and PUSCH.
- the network device can also use the TPC command independent of the PUSCH to adjust the total transmission power of the terminal device to send the SRS.
- the TPC command for the network device to adjust the total transmission power of the SRS sent by the terminal device can be carried in DCI format 2_3 on the PDCCH channel and sent to Terminal Equipment.
- the terminal device can determine the total transmission power allocated to it by the network device according to the following formula 1:
- P PUSCH, b, f, c (i, j, q d , l) is the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment for the terminal equipment to send the first uplink signal
- P CMAX, f, c (i) is the terminal equipment
- the maximum transmit power of P O_PUSCH, b, f, c (j) is the static operating point of the network equipment; Is the influence of PUSCH bandwidth on transmit power;
- ⁇ b, f, c (j) is the path loss compensation factor;
- PL b, f, c (q d ) is the downlink path loss between terminal equipment and network equipment, for For terminal equipment with multiple antennas, PL b, f, c (q d ) can be the minimum value of the downlink path loss between multiple downlink ports and the network device;
- ⁇ TF, b, f, c (i) is the code The amount of influence of the transmission power rate; f b, f,
- the terminal device 10 can determine the total transmission power allocated to it by the network device 20 according to the following formula 2:
- P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ,l) is the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment for the terminal device to send the first uplink signal
- P O_SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the network The static operating point of the equipment
- 10log 10 (2 ⁇ ⁇ M SRS,b,f,c (i) is the influence of the bandwidth of the SRS on the transmission power
- ⁇ SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the path loss compensation Factor
- PL b, f, c (q d ) is the downlink path loss between the terminal device and the network device.
- PL b, f, c (q d ) can be multiple downlink ports respectively
- the minimum value of the downlink path loss with the network device; h b, f, c (i, l) is the power adjustment amount indicated by the network device through the TPC command.
- the terminal device After the terminal device obtains the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the network device according to the first information, it can allocate corresponding values to the N uplink ports according to the estimated path loss and the total transmit power between the N uplink ports and the network device.
- the second transmission power of the N uplink ports is such that the sum of the respective second transmission powers of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power, thereby conforming to the total transmission power adjustment rule specified by the communication protocol.
- the terminal device may allocate the second transmission power to the N uplink ports according to the allocation rule shown in the following formula 3:
- the total transmission power calculated as the above formula 1 and formula 2 is the decibel power value of the total transmission power. Therefore, the terminal device obtains the total transmission power in decibels according to the formula 1 or formula 2.
- ⁇ is the path loss compensation factor, if the first uplink signal is the signal carried by the PUSCH channel, then ⁇ is the above ⁇ b, f, c (j), If the first uplink signal is an SRS, then ⁇ is the above ⁇ SRS,b,f,c (q s ).
- the terminal device can estimate the path loss between the N uplink ports and the network device respectively, and allocate transmit power to each uplink port based on the estimated path loss, so that the network device can
- the N sub-signals of the uplink signal have the same or similar received power, which can increase the transmit power of the uplink port with a larger path loss, thereby increasing the uplink throughput, and reduce the transmit power of the uplink port with a smaller path loss. Without reducing the MCS code rate, the power consumption of the terminal equipment is reduced.
- FIG. 6 is the second schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, it mainly includes the following steps:
- S401 The network device allocates a corresponding decibel power difference value to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmit power of the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port
- the first uplink port is the N number of terminal equipment Any one of the uplink ports except the reference port.
- the network device determines an uplink port from the N uplink ports of the terminal device as a reference port, and sequentially determines the third transmit power of the other uplink ports in the N uplink ports with respect to the reference port. Decibel power difference of the third transmit power.
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device, that is, the greater the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device .
- the greater the difference in decibel power allocated by the network equipment to the first uplink port, the smaller is on the contrary, so that the uplink port with the larger path loss is allocated more transmit power, and the uplink port with the smaller path loss is allocated smaller Transmit power.
- the network device determines that the uplink port 102U is the reference port, and the network device 20 will also be the uplink port 101U, the uplink port 103U, and the uplink port.
- 104U allocates the corresponding decibel power difference.
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the uplink port 101U is the decibel power difference between the third transmit power of the uplink port 101U and the third transmit power of the uplink port 102U, and the decibel power difference corresponding to the uplink port 103U and the uplink port 104U respectively
- the value is similar to that of the upstream port 101U, and will not be repeated here.
- the network device may obtain the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the following method, as shown in S407 in FIG. 6, before the network device allocates the corresponding decibel power difference for the first uplink port Receive the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device.
- the second uplink signal includes M second sub-signals.
- the terminal device Before sending the first uplink signal, the terminal device sends the M second sub-signals of the second uplink signal to the network device through the M uplink ports. signal.
- M is greater than or equal to N, and the M uplink ports include N uplink ports.
- the network device may obtain the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the second uplink signal.
- the path loss can be either the estimated value of the path loss or the equivalent path loss.
- the network device may obtain the transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port, according to The terminal device sends the transmission power of the second sub-signal through the first uplink port, and estimates the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port on the received power of the second sub-signal to obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the network device can obtain the estimated path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the rule shown in formula 4:
- PL p is the estimated path loss value corresponding to the first uplink port
- P p 0 is the received power of the network device to the second sub-signal sent through the first uplink port
- P p is the terminal device sending the first uplink port through the first uplink port.
- the transmit power of the bipartite signal is the estimated path loss value corresponding to the first uplink port
- Fig. 1 suppose that the network device 20 obtains that the transmission power of the second sub-signal 1u transmitted by the terminal device through the uplink port 10 is 8 dBm, and the receiving power of the second sub-signal 1u received by the network device is 6 dBm, then the network device 20 can obtain the uplink
- the estimated path loss corresponding to port 101U is 2dB.
- the network device may obtain the corresponding signal to the first uplink port according to the transmission power of the terminal device through the first uplink port of the second sub-signal and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal.
- the equivalent path loss where the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port is used to characterize the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device, and the sum of the decibel power of the noise signal received by the network device.
- the network device can obtain the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the rule shown in formula 5:
- PL p ′ is the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port
- R p is the signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent through the first uplink port. It can be understood that when the network device receives the second sub-signal, it will inevitably receive a certain noise signal. Whether the network device can correctly decode the second sub-signal is also related to the signal strength of the noise signal received by the network device.
- the signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal received by the network device can be expressed as the decibel power difference between the second sub-signal received by the network device and the noise signal, which can be obtained by combining formula 4, the equivalent path
- the loss is equivalent to the sum of the path loss and the decibel power of the noise signal.
- the network device can also estimate the path loss between each of the M uplink ports according to the M second sub-signals, and determine that the terminal device is used to send the first uplink signal according to the path loss between each of the M uplink ports.
- the uplink port Taking Figure 1 as an example, suppose that the terminal device 10 sends four second sub-signals to the network device 20 through the uplink ports 101U to 104U, and the network device 20 determines that the path loss between the uplink port 103U and the network device 20 is too large, and the network device 20 determines The uplink port 101U, the uplink port 102U, and the uplink port 104U are next uplink ports used to send the first uplink signal, and indicate the terminal device 10.
- the network device sends the reference port identifier of the reference port and the second power information to the terminal device; where the second power information is used to indicate the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the second power information can be delivered through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, or MAC CE, or DCI signaling, or can be delivered along with the TPC command.
- RRC radio resource control
- MAC CE MAC CE
- DCI digital signaling
- the network device may not perform S402
- the terminal device may perform S402 according to the second uplink signal.
- the second power information of the signal sends the first uplink signal, thereby reducing air interface signaling overhead.
- the network device can obtain the accurate reception of the second sub-signal, the power control performed by the network device has a higher accuracy; and compared with the existing wireless communication protocol, the network device only needs to increase the signaling for sending the second power information , So the modification to the existing air interface signaling is minor.
- the terminal device obtains the third transmit power of the N uplink ports respectively according to the second power information.
- the decibel power of the third transmission power of the first uplink port is the sum of the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port and the third transmission power of the reference port.
- the uplink port 102U in FIG. 1 is a reference port
- the third transmission power is 10 dBm
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the uplink port 101U in the second power information is 2 dB
- the third transmission power of the uplink port 101U is 12 dBm.
- the network device may also send the first power information to the terminal device to indicate to the terminal device the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
- the terminal device can obtain the total transmission power according to the first power information.
- Embodiment 1 refer to Embodiment 1, which will not be repeated.
- the terminal device may obtain the third transmission power of the N uplink ports respectively according to the total transmission power and the second power information.
- the terminal device may obtain the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the following formula 6:
- the terminal device may obtain the third transmission power of the reference port according to the total transmission power, and then obtain the third transmission power of other uplink ports according to the second power information.
- the terminal device may also obtain the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the following formula 7:
- the first equation is used to indicate that the third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power among N uplink ports.
- the terminal device can determine the third transmit power of the reference port according to the first equation and the total transmit power, and then determine the third transmit power of the N-1 uplink ports among the N uplink ports except the reference port according to the second equation. Three transmission power.
- the network device may also send third power information to the terminal device to indicate the third power information of the reference port to the terminal device.
- the network device obtains the third transmission power of the reference port according to the average value of the total transmission power allocated to the terminal device in the N uplink ports, and sends the third power information to the terminal device.
- the terminal device receives the third power information, and obtains the third transmit power of the reference port according to the third power information.
- the third power information is similar to the first power information, and it can also be the power adjustment amount indicated by the TPC command.
- the terminal device can obtain the third power of the reference port based on the process similar to the above-mentioned obtaining the total transmit power. Transmission power, this will not be repeated here.
- the terminal device can then obtain the third transmission power of the N-1 uplink ports except the reference port among the N uplink ports according to the third transmission power of the reference port and the foregoing second power information.
- the terminal device determines whether the i-th third transmit power of the i-th uplink port is greater than the maximum transmit power of the i-th uplink port. If yes, execute S405 to send the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmit power of the i-th uplink port; if not, execute S406 to send the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power . To ensure that the power of the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal does not exceed the maximum sending power of the i-th uplink port.
- the network device can obtain the transmission power of the second sub-signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port in the following manner:
- the terminal device may also send power headroom information to the network device, where the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom (PH) of the terminal device.
- the power headroom information may be carried in the second uplink signal, or may be reported by the terminal device through other uplink signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the power headroom information may be a power headroom report (PHR).
- PHR power headroom report
- the terminal device can report the power headroom of the terminal device to the network device in the PHR MAC (medium access control) CE (control element, control element) of the PUSCH channel.
- MAC medium access control
- CE control element, control element
- the network device can determine the current transmit power of the terminal device relative to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device according to the power headroom reported by the terminal device to determine how much power remains, and then determine the total actual transmit power of the terminal device to send the second uplink signal.
- the network device may obtain the M fourth transmission powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device according to the total actual transmission power; wherein the sum of the M fourth transmission powers is the total actual transmission power.
- the transmission power of the terminal device for sending the M second sub-signals is also controlled by the network device.
- the network device can instruct the terminal device to send the N first sub-signals through the second power information.
- the network device can also obtain second power information (hereinafter referred to as the second power information of the second uplink signal) used to indicate the transmission power of the M second sub-signals, and combine the above-mentioned total actual transmission power to obtain the terminal equipment The transmit power of M second sub-signals.
- the first and second embodiments both allocate transmission power to the N uplink ports of the terminal device from the perspective of path loss, so that the network device has the same or similar received power for the N first partial signals of the first uplink signal.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides another uplink signal transmission method.
- the network device can adjust the transmission power of the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device according to the received signal quality of the N sub-signals of the second uplink signal, for example The following example three is shown.
- FIG. 7 is the third schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 7, it mainly includes the following steps:
- S501 The network device receives the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device.
- the network device receives the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device.
- Embodiment 2 which will not be repeated here.
- the network device obtains quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports according to the received N second partial signals of the second uplink signal.
- the i-th quality parameter is the quality parameter of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the terminal device through the i-th uplink port.
- the quality parameter is a parameter used to indicate signal quality.
- the i-th quality parameter may include the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the network device to the i-th uplink port, and may also include the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the terminal device through the i-th uplink port.
- Signal-to-noise ratio As an example, it is convenient to describe, and the following takes the received power as an example for description.
- S503 The network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter.
- the power adjustment amount in the embodiment of the present application can be either a positive value, that is, increasing the transmission power, or a negative value, that is, reducing the transmission power.
- the i-th power adjustment amount is negatively related to the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port.
- the worse the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port the greater the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port.
- the network device The better the signal quality of the second sub-signal received and sent by the i-th uplink port is, the smaller the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port.
- the terminal device also sends power headroom information to the network device.
- the power headroom information sent by the terminal device to the network device includes the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
- the network device can allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port. The power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
- the power headroom of the i-th uplink port can be represented by the following formula 8:
- PH i is the power headroom of the i-th uplink port
- P i, CMAX are the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port
- P i is the transmission power of the terminal device to send the second sub-signal through the i-th uplink port.
- PH i is type 1 (type 1)
- PH i is type 3 (type 3).
- the power headroom information sent by the terminal device 10 to the network device 20 may be as shown in Figures 8a and 8b, where Figure 8a shows that the second uplink signal is the PUSCH channel.
- the signal carried is the power headroom information reported by the terminal device 10
- FIG. 8b is the power headroom information reported by the terminal device 10 when the second uplink signal is an SRS.
- R is a reserved field.
- the power headroom information includes the power headroom of each uplink port in the terminal device, and each power headroom occupies 6 bits.
- the power headroom information can also include the maximum transmit power of the uplink ports 101U to 104U, which are respectively P 1, CMAX , P 2, CMAX , P 3, CMAX and P 4, CMAX .
- the power headrooms of the uplink ports are arranged in the default order.
- the port identifiers are arranged in ascending order, so that the network device can distinguish between different power headrooms. Uplink port.
- the power headroom information sent by the terminal device 10 to the network device 20 may also be as shown in FIG. 8c and FIG. 8d, where FIG. 8c is when the second uplink signal is a signal carried by the PUSCH channel.
- FIG. 8d is the power headroom information reported by the terminal device 10 when the second uplink signal is an SRS.
- the power headroom information shown in Figure 8c and Figure 8d only the power headroom and maximum transmit power of the reference port are reported, and the power headroom and maximum transmit power of other uplink ports are reported in a differential form.
- the reference port is the uplink port 101U
- the differential PH 2 type3 represents the difference between the power headroom of the uplink port 102U and the power headroom PH 1 type3 of the uplink port 101U
- the difference P 2 represents the uplink port 102U
- Other uplink ports are similar, so I won’t repeat them.
- the network device can obtain the power headroom and maximum transmission power of other uplink ports on the basis of the power headroom and maximum transmission power of the reference port. Comparing Figure 8a and Figure 8c, it can be seen that the use of a differential method can shorten the occupied signaling resources.
- the reference port in the power headroom information reported by the terminal device, the reference port may be the reference port in the second power information of the second uplink signal, for example, in the second power information of the second uplink signal, the reference port The port is the uplink port 101U, and the reference port in the power headroom information reported by the terminal device 10 is the uplink port 101U.
- the power headroom information may also only include the power headroom of the reference port, and the network device may obtain the PH of each other uplink port according to the second power information of the second uplink signal.
- the reference port is the uplink port 102U
- the power headroom when the uplink port 102U sends the second sub-signal is 6dB
- the reference port is still the uplink port 102U
- the decibel power difference corresponding to the uplink port 103U is 4dB
- the reference port in the power headroom information may also be other default uplink ports, and the network device may still calculate the power headroom of each uplink port according to the second power information of the second uplink signal.
- the power headroom information may also include only the minimum value of the power headrooms of the N uplink ports, and the power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports cannot be greater than the minimum value. In this way, the occupation of signaling resources can be reduced, and the power adjustment amount allocated to the uplink port by the network device can be prevented from exceeding the power headroom of the uplink port.
- S504 The network device sends fifth power information to the terminal device.
- the fifth power information is used to indicate the power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports respectively.
- the fifth power information may be a TPC command
- the network device may extend the TPC command format in the existing DCI0_0, DCI0_1, DCI2_2, and DCI2_3, and may also define a new DCI format, a new DCI
- the format contains the TPC commands allocated for each uplink port.
- the terminal device receives the fifth power information sent by the network device, obtains the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and adjusts the i-th uplink according to the i-th power adjustment amount The i-th transmit power of the port.
- the terminal device can obtain the i-th transmit power according to the rules shown in Formula 1 and Formula 2.
- the difference between obtaining the total transmit power of PUSCH is that P CMAX,f,c (i) becomes the maximum transmit power of the i-th uplink port, and PL b,f,c (q d ) is the i-th uplink port and network
- the path loss between devices, f b, f, c (i, l) is the power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port.
- the difference between obtaining the total transmission power of the SRS is similar to the above difference, and will not be repeated here.
- the network device may also construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; any port set may include one or more uplink ports If the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the preset second threshold.
- the quality parameter of the second sub-signal sent by the uplink port 101U received by the network device 20 is the same or similar to the quality parameter of the second sub-signal sent by the uplink port 102U received, the uplink port 101U and the upstream port 102U are divided into the same port set, which is assumed to be set 1.
- the network device 20 sends the port set information to the terminal device 10, the port set information includes the set identifier of the set 1 and the port identifiers of the uplink ports included in the set 1, such as the port identifier of the uplink port 101U and the port identifier of the uplink port 102U.
- the network device can allocate the power adjustment amount in the unit of set 1, that is, allocate the power adjustment amount to set 1.
- the power adjustment amount can be used as the power adjustment amount of the uplink port 101U and the power adjustment amount of the uplink port 102U in the set 1.
- the fifth power information sent by the network device to the terminal device may include the set identifier of set 1 and the power adjustment amount allocated to set 1.
- the terminal device can determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information, such as the above-mentioned uplink port 101U and uplink port 102U.
- Adjust the transmit power of one or more uplink ports according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information that is, the terminal device 10 adjusts the transmission of the uplink port 101U and the uplink port 102U according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set 1. power.
- the overhead of uplink and downlink signaling can be reduced when there are many uplink ports.
- the terminal device 10 has 4 uplink ports, but as the terminal device 10 of a smart phone, its uplink ports can only be covered and uncovered.
- the covered uplink ports can be divided into One group, the uncovered uplink ports are divided into one group, and power control is performed on the two groups respectively.
- the network device may send the port set information to the terminal device through the PDCCH channel, and may also send the port set information to the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
- the following DCI format can be used, or the following fields can be added to the existing DCI format:
- TPC-group SEQUENCE(SIZE(nrOfTxPort)) OF TPC-groupID OPTIONAL;
- TPC-group SEQUENCE(SIZE(nrOfTxPort)) OF TPC-groupID OPTIONAL;
- TPC-group is port set information, which includes nrOfTxPort elements, where nrOfTxPort represents the number of uplink ports used to send the first uplink signal, and the corresponding uplink port identifiers are 0...nrOfTxPort-1.
- the value of nrOfTxPort in this embodiment of the application can be N.
- TPC-groupID is the port collection ID corresponding to the port ID, with a value ranging from 0 to maxNrOfTPCGroup-1, and maxNrOfTPCGroup represents the maximum number of port collections.
- OPTIONAL indicates that the cell is optional, and the network device can send the cell to adjust the transmit power of the uplink port in the form of port aggregation, or not to send the cell, which means that the uplink port is not adjusted in the form of port aggregation. Transmission power.
- TPC-group can be 0011, where "0" is the set identifier of port set 1, and "1" bit port Set ID of set 2.
- TPC-group may be 0010.
- TPC-groupIDi represents the set identifier of the port set to which port i belongs.
- oct1 represents a bit composed of 8 bits.
- TPC-groupID1 and TPC-groupID2 in Figure 9 are 0 (the port set identifier of set 1), TPC-groupID3 and The value of TPC-groupID4 is 1 (port group identifier of group 2).
- the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal according to the adjusted i-th transmit power; the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
- the specific example is similar to the first embodiment and the second embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
- the network device performs independent power control on different ports/port sets of the terminal device to balance the received power of the N first sub-signals, thereby increasing the uplink throughput and reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. Moreover, since the network device has complete information on the reception of the second sub-signal, the power control performed by the network device has a higher precision. Especially in the FDD frequency band, due to the unsatisfactory uplink and downlink reciprocity, power control by network equipment has a more significant accuracy advantage.
- the network device or the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function.
- the present invention can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present invention.
- FIG. 10 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application, and the device 800 may exist in the form of software.
- the apparatus 800 may include: a processing unit 802 and a communication unit 803.
- the processing unit 1002 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 800.
- the communication unit 803 is used to support communication between the device 800 and other network entities.
- the device 800 may further include a storage unit 801 for storing program codes and data of the device 800.
- the processing unit 802 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), and application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits). , ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present invention.
- the processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on.
- the communication unit 803 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term. In a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces.
- the storage unit 801 may be a memory.
- the apparatus 800 may be the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, or may also be a semiconductor chip provided in the terminal device.
- the processing unit 802 may support the apparatus 800 to perform the actions of the terminal device in the foregoing method examples, and the communication unit 803 may support the communication between the apparatus 800 and the network device.
- the processing unit 802 is configured to generate a first uplink signal, where the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; the communication unit 803 is configured to communicate to the i-th uplink port through the N uplink ports The network device sends the i-th first partial signal.
- the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the communication unit 803 is related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device, where: i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the i-th first transmission power is also positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the estimate of the i-th path loss.
- the processing unit 802 may also be used to obtain the i-th path loss estimate, where the i-th path loss estimate is the estimate of the i-th path loss, and the i-th path loss estimate is The value of the i-th uplink port is assigned the i-th second transmission power, and the i-th first transmission power is determined according to the i-th second transmission power. In the embodiment of the present application, the i-th second transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value.
- the processing unit 802 when the processing unit 802 obtains the i-th path loss estimation value, it can be based on the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device, and the received power of the downlink signal corresponding to the i-th uplink port. , Obtain the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive first power information sent by the network device, and the first power information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the apparatus 800;
- the first power information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the apparatus 800;
- the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the device 800 can be obtained according to the first power information, and the i-th path loss estimate and the above-mentioned total transmit power can be obtained according to the first power information.
- Each uplink port is allocated the i-th second transmit power.
- the sum of the second transmit power allocated by the processing unit 802 to the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmit power.
- the power difference in decibels between the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power and the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power is not greater than the preset first threshold; where , The estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated by the processing unit 802 according to the i-th path loss estimate, and the j-th second transmit power is calculated by the processing unit 802 according to the j-th path loss estimate Yes, j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
- the processing unit 802 determines that the i-th second transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, it controls the communication unit 803 to transmit the i-th second transmission power according to the i-th second transmission power.
- the first sub-signal if it is determined that the i-th second transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the control communication unit 803 transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port .
- the i-th second transmit power is determined by the processing unit 802 according to the following formula:
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive the reference port identifier and the second power information sent by the network device, where the second power information is used to indicate the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the first uplink port is any one of the N uplink ports except the reference port; before sending the i-th first sub-signal, the processing unit 802 may obtain the third of the N uplink ports according to the second power information.
- the decibel power of the third transmit power of the first uplink port is the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port, and the sum of the decibel power of the third transmit power of the reference port, and according to the obtained first uplink port
- the i-th third transmit power of the i uplink ports determines the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal.
- the processing unit 802 determines that the i-th third transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, it controls the communication unit 803 to transmit the i-th third transmission power according to the i-th third transmission power.
- the first sub-signal if it is determined that the i-th third transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the control communication unit 803 sends the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to report the power headroom information of the apparatus 800 to the network equipment, and the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the apparatus 800.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive the first power information sent by the network device, and the first power information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the apparatus 800; the processing unit 802 may The first power information obtains the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the terminal equipment, and obtains the third transmission power of the N uplink ports according to the total transmission power and the second power information; wherein the third transmission power of the obtained N uplink ports The sum of the transmit power is not greater than the total transmit power; or, among the N uplink ports, the third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power in the N uplink ports.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive third power information sent by the network device, and the third power information is used to indicate the third transmit power allocated by the network device to the reference port; the processing unit 802 may be configured to The three-power information obtains the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port, and obtains the first uplink according to the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port and the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information The third transmit power of the port.
- the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
- the communication unit 803 may be configured to receive fifth power information sent by the network device, where the fifth power information is used to indicate the power adjustment amounts that the network device allocates to the N uplink ports; the processing unit 802 may be used to obtain the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and adjust the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port according to the i-th power adjustment amount, where, i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
- the communication unit 803 may also be configured to transmit the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal according to the adjusted i-th transmission power, the first uplink signal Including N first sub-signals.
- the communication unit 803 can also be used to send power headroom information to the network device, and the power headroom information can indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; the network device can be based on the power headroom information as The i-th uplink port is allocated the i-th power adjustment amount.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive port set information sent by the network device, where the port set information is used to indicate the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports; then, the fifth power information It may include the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier.
- the first port set includes the i-th uplink port; the processing unit 802 may determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information And adjust the transmit power of the one or more uplink ports according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information.
- the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
- the apparatus 800 may also be the network device in any of the above-mentioned embodiments, or may also be a semiconductor chip provided in the network device.
- the processing unit 802 may support the apparatus 800 to perform the actions of the network equipment in the foregoing method examples, and the communication unit 803 may support the communication between the apparatus 800 and the terminal equipment.
- the communication unit 803 may be configured to receive N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device; among the N first sub-signals, the i-th first sub-signal is the terminal device passing through N The i-th uplink port among the uplink ports is sent to the apparatus 800; the processing unit 801 may be configured to obtain the first uplink signal according to the received N first partial signals.
- the processing unit 802 may also be configured to allocate a corresponding decibel power difference to the first upstream port according to the path loss corresponding to the first upstream port, where the decibel power difference corresponding to the first upstream port It is used to indicate the power difference in decibels between the third transmit power of the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port; the first uplink port is any one of the N uplink ports except the reference port; The decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the device 800; and the communication unit 803 may also be used to send the reference port identifier of the reference port and the second power to the terminal device Information, the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
- the processing unit 802 when it obtains the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port, it may obtain the fourth transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port.
- the second uplink signal is the uplink signal sent by the terminal device to the apparatus 800 before the first uplink signal is sent, and the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port is obtained according to the fourth transmission power and the received power of the second sub-signal, and According to the estimated path loss value corresponding to the first uplink port, the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is obtained.
- the processing unit 802 may also obtain the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmission power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal, where the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port is To indicate the path loss between the first uplink port and the device 800, and the sum of the decibel power of the received noise signal, and then obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port value.
- the second uplink signal includes M second sub-signals, and the M second sub-signals are respectively sent by the terminal device through the M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include N uplink ports;
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device, the power headroom information may indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; and the processing unit 802 may obtain the power headroom information sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device.
- the total actual transmit power of the second uplink signal, and obtain the M fourth transmit powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device respectively through M uplink ports according to the total actual transmit power, and the sum of the M fourth transmit powers is The above total actual transmit power.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to send first power information to the terminal device, where the first power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
- the processing unit 802 may also be configured to obtain the third transmit power of the reference port according to the average value of the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device in the N uplink ports, and send the third power to the terminal device Information, the third power information may indicate the third transmit power of the reference port to the terminal device.
- the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
- the processing unit 802 may be configured to obtain the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports respectively according to the received N second sub-signals of the second uplink signal; wherein, the above-mentioned N second sub-signals The sub-signal is sent by the terminal equipment to the network equipment through N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i-th uplink port is used to indicate the i-th uplink port received by the network device The signal quality of the second sub-signal sent; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1; and, according to the i-th quality parameter, the i-th uplink port is allocated the i-th power adjustment amount.
- the communication unit 803 may be configured to send fifth power information to the terminal device, where the fifth power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
- the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port by the network device, and may also include the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the network device.
- the signal-to-noise ratio of the sub-signal includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port by the network device, and may also include the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the network device.
- the signal-to-noise ratio of the sub-signal includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port by the network device, and may also include the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the network device. The signal-to-noise ratio of the sub-signal.
- the i-th power adjustment amount is negatively related to the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port.
- the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device, and the power headroom information may indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
- the processing unit 802 can allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; wherein, the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the i-th uplink port The power headroom.
- the processing unit 802 can also be used to construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; for any port set, the port set includes one or more uplink ports If the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the preset second threshold.
- the communication unit 803 may also be configured to send port set information to the terminal device, and the port set information may indicate to the terminal device the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports.
- the processing unit 802 may allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located, and the communication unit 803 may send fifth power information to the terminal device, where the fifth power information includes the set of the first port set Identification and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identification.
- the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
- the apparatus may be a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment.
- the device 900 includes a processor 902, a communication interface 903, and a memory 901.
- the apparatus 900 may further include a bus 904.
- the communication interface 903, the processor 902, and the memory 901 may be connected to each other through a communication line 904;
- the communication line 904 may be a peripheral component interconnection standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI for short) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (extended industry standard architecture) , Referred to as EISA) bus and so on.
- the communication line 904 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, and so on. For ease of representation, only a thick line is used in Figure 11 to represent it, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
- the processor 902 may be a CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
- the communication interface 903 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, RAN, wireless local area networks (WLAN), wired access networks, etc.
- the memory 901 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
- the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically programmable read-only memory, EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, Optical disc storage (including compact disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can Any other medium accessed by the computer, but not limited to this.
- the memory can exist independently and is connected to the processor through a communication line 904.
- the memory can also be integrated with the processor.
- the memory 901 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 902 controls the execution.
- the processor 902 is configured to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 901 and communicate through the communication interface 903 to implement the method provided in the foregoing embodiment of the present application. 902 performs step S202 through the communication interface 903 to send the first sub-signal, etc., which will not be repeated.
- the computer-executed instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
- the structure of the apparatus 900 may be as shown in FIG. 12.
- the terminal device includes a memory 901, a processor 902, a TX (Transmit, sending) signal processor 9031, and an RX (Receive, receiving) signal processor 9032, and S antennas.
- a TX signal processing unit 9031 , RX signal processing unit 9032, and multiple antennas correspond to the aforementioned communication interface 903.
- the processor 902 is configured to control the TX signal processor 9031 and the RX signal processor 9032 to transmit and receive signals through S antennas according to the method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
- the TX signal processor 9031 implements various signal processing functions for signal transmission, and the RX signal processor 9032 implements various signal processing functions for signal reception.
- the TX signal processor 9031 and the RX signal processor 9032 are respectively connected to the antenna through the TX radio frequency channel and the RX radio frequency channel.
- the TX radio frequency channel modulates the baseband signal to the carrier frequency and sends it out through the antenna;
- the RX radio frequency channel demodulates the radio frequency signal received from the antenna into a baseband signal, which is processed by the RX signal processing unit 9032.
- Some antennas can be configured to transmit and receive at the same time, so they are connected to the TX RF channel and RX RF channel at the same time; some antennas are configured to be used only for receiving, so they are only connected to the RX RF channel.
- the TX radio frequency channel and the RX radio frequency channel can be connected to any antenna, such as TX radio frequency channel 1 and RX radio frequency channel 1 and antenna 2, which can be flexibly configured according to business requirements.
- the TX signal processing unit 9031 and the TX radio frequency channel are used to process and send signals/channels corresponding to the signals/channels processed and received by the terminal equipment RX signal processing unit and RX radio frequency channels, and RX signal processing
- the signal/channel processed and received by the unit 9032 and the RX radio frequency channel corresponds to the signal/channel processed and sent by the TX signal processing unit and the TX radio frequency channel of the terminal equipment.
- Other aspects are similar, so I won't repeat them here.
- the embodiment of the present application also provides another schematic diagram of the system structure including a terminal device and a network device, as shown in FIG. 13.
- the terminal device 1000 includes a power control module 1001, a PH calculation module 1002, and a PUSCH/SRS transmission module 1003.
- the PUSCH/SRS transmission module 1003 can be implemented in the TX signal processor 9031 shown in FIG. 12.
- the power control module 1001 can calculate the transmission power of each uplink port, and configure the PUSCH/SRS transmission module 1003 to transmit PUSCH/SRS according to the calculated transmission power.
- the PH calculation module 1002 implements the PH calculation of PUSCH/SRS, and sends it to the network device in the MAC CE of the PUSCH through the PUSCH/SRS sending module 1003.
- the PUSCH/SRS sending module 1003 implements PUSCH/SRS sending.
- the terminal device 1000 also includes a PDCCH receiving module 1004, which can be implemented in the RX signal processor 9032 shown in FIG. 12, for receiving PDCCH and analyzing the TPC commands in DCI0_0, DCI0_1, DCI2_2, or DCI2_3 for the power control module 1001 to calculate Transmission power usage of each port.
- PDCCH receiving module 1004 can be implemented in the RX signal processor 9032 shown in FIG. 12, for receiving PDCCH and analyzing the TPC commands in DCI0_0, DCI0_1, DCI2_2, or DCI2_3 for the power control module 1001 to calculate Transmission power usage of each port.
- the network device 1100 includes an uplink power control module 1101, a PUSCH/SRS receiving module 1102, and a PDCCH sending module 1103.
- the PUSCH/SRS receiving module 1102 can be implemented in the RX signal processor 9032 shown in FIG. 12.
- the uplink power control module 1101 decides whether it is necessary to adjust the transmission power of the PUSCH/SRS transmission module 1003 in the terminal device 1000, and generates a TPC command if necessary, and sends it to the terminal device through the PDCCH transmission module 1103; the PUSCH/SRS receiving module 1102 provides the current PUSCH The /SRS channel quality and PH value are given to the uplink power control module 1101 for the uplink power control module 1101 to decide whether to adjust the PUSCH/SRS transmit power.
- the PDCCH sending module 1103 can be implemented in the TX signal processor 9031 shown in FIG. 12 for PDCCH transmission.
- the PDCCH can carry DCI0_0, DCI0_1, DCI2_2, or DCI2_3, which may include TPC commands.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
- the various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application can be implemented by general-purpose processors, digital signal processors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions.
- the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor.
- the general-purpose processor may also be any traditional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine.
- the processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration achieve.
- the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
- the software unit can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other storage medium in the art.
- the storage medium may be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium, and can store and write information to the storage medium.
- the storage medium may also be integrated into the processor.
- the processor and the storage medium can be arranged in an ASIC, and the ASIC can be arranged in a terminal device.
- the processor and the storage medium may also be arranged in different components in the terminal device.
- These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device.
- the device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
- These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment.
- the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种上行信号发送方法、接收方法、装置及系统。This application relates to the field of wireless communication technology, and in particular to an uplink signal sending method, receiving method, device and system.
随着移动通信技术的发展,越来越多的终端设备能够支持多天线通信,使得终端设备可以具有多个通信端口,以提高通信系统的频谱效率和系统容量。With the development of mobile communication technology, more and more terminal devices can support multi-antenna communication, so that the terminal device can have multiple communication ports to improve the spectrum efficiency and system capacity of the communication system.
终端设备的多个通信端口中包括多个用于向网络设备发送上行信号的上行端口。在发送上行信号时,终端设备会为多个上行端口平均分配发送功率,通过多个上行端口向网络设备发送基于相同的调制编码方案(modulation coding scheme,MCS)获得的上行信号的多个分信号。具体而言,每个上行端口会发送一个上行信号的分信号,多个上行端口所发送的多个分信号对应于一条上行信号。The multiple communication ports of the terminal device include multiple uplink ports for sending uplink signals to the network device. When sending an uplink signal, the terminal device will equally distribute the transmission power for multiple uplink ports, and send multiple sub-signals of the uplink signal obtained based on the same modulation coding scheme (MCS) to the network device through multiple uplink ports. . Specifically, each uplink port sends a sub-signal of an uplink signal, and multiple sub-signals sent by multiple uplink ports correspond to one uplink signal.
通常,终端设备所采用的MCS是由网络设备指定的。由于多个上行端口分别对应的上行信道的信道质量略有差异,使得当终端设备的多个上行端口以相同的发送功率发送上行信号的多个分信号时,网络设备对该多个分信号的接收功率也会有所不同。而且,不同的MCS具有不同的码率,当信道质量较差的上行端口采用码率较高的MCS时,会导致网络设备对该上行端口所发送的分信号的解码错误率较高。Generally, the MCS adopted by the terminal equipment is specified by the network equipment. Since the channel quality of the uplink channels corresponding to the multiple uplink ports is slightly different, when the multiple uplink ports of the terminal equipment transmit multiple sub-signals of the uplink signal with the same transmission power, the network equipment will The received power will also vary. Moreover, different MCSs have different code rates. When an uplink port with poor channel quality uses an MCS with a higher code rate, the network equipment will have a higher decoding error rate for the sub-signals sent by the uplink port.
因此,在一种现有的方案中,网络设备以信道质量最差的上行端口为主要依据为终端设备指定MCS,使信道质量最差的上行端口基于所指定的MCS发送的分信号,能够被网络设备正确解码。然而,该方法使信道质量较好的上行端口无法发送基于码率更高的MCS获取的上行信号的分信号,从而限制信道质量较好的上行端口的传输能力,不利于提高通信系统的上行吞吐量。Therefore, in an existing solution, the network equipment uses the uplink port with the worst channel quality as the main basis to designate the MCS for the terminal device, so that the uplink port with the worst channel quality can be used based on the sub-signals sent by the designated MCS. The network device decodes correctly. However, this method prevents the uplink port with better channel quality from sending the sub-signals of the uplink signal obtained based on the MCS with higher bit rate, which limits the transmission capacity of the uplink port with better channel quality and is not conducive to improving the uplink throughput of the communication system. the amount.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种上行信号发送方法、接收方法、装置及系统,用以提高具有多天线的终端设备的上行吞吐量。This application provides an uplink signal sending method, receiving method, device, and system to improve the uplink throughput of terminal equipment with multiple antennas.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号发送方法,其中,终端设备生成第一上行信号,该第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号;终端设备通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向网络设备发送第i个第一分信号,其中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率,是与第i个上行端口与网络设备之间的第i个路径损耗相关的;i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal sending method, wherein a terminal device generates a first uplink signal, and the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; the terminal device passes the i-th one of the N uplink ports The ith uplink port sends the i-th first sub-signal to the network device, where the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the terminal device is the first transmission power between the i-th uplink port and the network device. i path loss related; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
终端设备发送第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率,是与第i个上行端口与网络设备之间的第i个路径损耗相关的,因此可以通过为上行端口分配不同的发送功率以弥补不同上行端口与网络设备之间路径损耗的差异对网络设备侧接收结果的影响,使网络设备对N个第一分信号的接收功率可以相同或相近。既可以使路径损耗较大的上行端口采用更大的发送功率,从而适应更高码率的MCS,有利于提高上行吞吐量;又可以减少路径损耗较小的上行端口的发送功率,在不降低MCS码率的前提下,有利于降低终端功耗。The i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the terminal device is related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device. Therefore, different transmissions can be assigned to the uplink port The power is used to compensate for the influence of the difference in path loss between different uplink ports and network devices on the receiving result on the network device side, so that the receiving power of the N first sub-signals by the network device can be the same or similar. It can not only make the uplink port with larger path loss use larger transmission power, so as to adapt to the MCS of higher bit rate, which is beneficial to improve the uplink throughput; it can also reduce the transmit power of the uplink port with smaller path loss, without reducing Under the premise of MCS code rate, it is helpful to reduce terminal power consumption.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第一实施例中,第i个第一发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关,该第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个路径损耗的估计值。With reference to the first aspect, in the first embodiment of the first aspect, the i-th first transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the estimate of the i-th path loss value.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第二实施例中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号之前,还包括:终端 设备获取第i个路径损耗估计值,该第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个路径损耗的估计值;终端设备根据第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,第i个第二发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关;终端设备根据第i个第二发送功率,确定第i个第一发送功率。With reference to the first aspect, in a second embodiment of the first aspect, before the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal, the method further includes: the terminal device obtains the i-th path loss estimation value, and the i-th path loss estimation value Is the estimated value of the i-th path loss; the terminal device allocates the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimate; among them, the i-th second transmit power and the i-th path loss The estimated value is positively correlated; the terminal device determines the i-th first transmission power according to the i-th second transmission power.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第三实施例中,所述终端设备获取第i个路径损耗估计值,包括:终端设备根据网络设备发送下行信号的发送功率,以及,第i个上行端口对应的下行端口对该下行信号的接收功率,获取第i个路径损耗估计值;其中,第i个上行端口对应的下行端口与第i个上行端口属于同一天线端口。With reference to the first aspect, in a third embodiment of the first aspect, the terminal device acquiring the i-th path loss estimation value includes: the terminal device sends a downlink signal according to the transmission power of the network device, and the i-th uplink port The corresponding downlink port obtains the i-th path loss estimation value for the received power of the downlink signal; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
结合第一方面的第三实施例,在第一方面的第四实施例中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号之前,还包括:接收网络设备发送的第一功率信息;该第一功率信息用于指示网络设备为终端设备分配的总发送功率;终端设备根据第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率,包括:终端设备根据第一功率信息获取所述网络设备为终端设备分配的总发送功率;终端设备根据第i个路径损耗估计值和总发送功率,为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,N个上行端口分别对应的第二发送功率之和不大于总发送功率。With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the first aspect, before the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal, the method further includes: receiving first power information sent by the network device; the first power The information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the terminal device; the terminal device allocates the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimate value, including: the terminal device obtains the i-th second transmit power according to the first power information The total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the terminal equipment; the terminal equipment allocates the i-th second transmission power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimate and the total transmission power; wherein the N uplink ports are respectively The sum of the corresponding second transmission power is not greater than the total transmission power.
采用上述方法,可以保证终端设备发送第一上行信号的总实际发送功率不超过网络设备为其分配的总发送功率,从而可以在提高上行吞吐量的同时,符合现有通信协议规定的网络设备对终端设备的发送功率控制规则。Using the above method, it can be ensured that the total actual transmission power of the first uplink signal sent by the terminal device does not exceed the total transmission power allocated by the network device for it, so that the uplink throughput can be improved while complying with the network device pair specified by the existing communication protocol. Transmission power control rules for terminal equipment.
结合第一方面的第三实施例,在第一方面的第五实施例中,第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率与第j个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率之间的分贝功率差值不大于预设的第一阈值;第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率是根据第i个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;第j个第二发送功率是根据第j个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;其中,j小于等于N且不等于i。With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the first aspect, the decibel between the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power and the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power The power difference is not greater than the preset first threshold; the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated based on the i-th path loss estimate; the j-th second transmit power is based on the j-th path The loss estimate is calculated; where j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
采用上述方法,第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率与第j个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率之间的分贝功率差值不大于预设的第一阈值,可以使网络设备对第i个分信号的接收功率和对第j个分信号的接收功率相同或相近,从而提高上行吞吐量,在不降低MCS码率的前提下,降低终端设备的功耗。Using the above method, the difference in decibel power between the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power and the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power is not greater than the preset first threshold, so that the network device can The received power of the i-th sub-signal is the same or similar to the received power of the j-th sub-signal, thereby increasing the uplink throughput and reducing the power consumption of the terminal equipment without reducing the MCS code rate.
结合第一方面的第三实施例,在第一方面的第六实施例中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号,包括:若第i个第二发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则终端设备根据第i个第二发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号;若第i个第二发送功率大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则终端设备根据第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号。With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect, in the sixth embodiment of the first aspect, the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal includes: if the i-th second transmission power is not greater than the i-th uplink port Maximum transmission power, the terminal device transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th second transmission power; if the i-th second transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the terminal equipment The maximum transmit power of each uplink port, and transmit the i-th first sub-signal.
采用上述方法,可以保证第i个第一发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率。With the above method, it can be ensured that the i-th first transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
结合第一方面或第一方面的任一实施例,在第一方面的第七实施例中,第i个第二发送功率是根据以下公式确定的:With reference to the first aspect or any embodiment of the first aspect, in the seventh embodiment of the first aspect, the i-th second transmit power is determined according to the following formula:
其中,P i-1为第i个第二发送功率的分贝功率值,i=[1,N]; 为P i-1的线性功率值; 为总发送功率P SUM的线性功率值;α为路损补偿因子;PL i-1为第i个路径损耗。 Wherein, Pi -1 is the decibel power value of the i-th second transmission power, i=[1, N]; Is the linear power value of Pi-1 ; Is the linear power value of the total transmission power P SUM ; α is the path loss compensation factor; PL i-1 is the i-th path loss.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的第八实施例中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号之前,还包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的参考端口标识和第二功率信息;第二功率信息用于指示第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值;第一上行端口为N个上行端口中除参考端口标识对应的参考端口之外的任一上行端口; 终端设备根据第二功率信息分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,第一上行端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率为第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,与参考端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率之和;终端设备根据第i个上行端口的第i个第三发送功率,确定发送第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率。With reference to the first aspect, in the eighth embodiment of the first aspect, before the terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal, the method further includes: the terminal device receives the reference port identifier and the second power information sent by the network device; the second power The information is used to indicate the power difference in decibels corresponding to the first uplink port; the first uplink port is any uplink port among the N uplink ports except the reference port corresponding to the reference port identifier; the terminal device obtains the power difference according to the second power information. The third transmit power of the N uplink ports; wherein the decibel power of the third transmit power of the first uplink port is the sum of the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port; The terminal device determines the i-th first transmission power for transmitting the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
结合第一方面的第八实施例,在第一方面的第九实施例中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号,包括:若第i个第三发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则终端设备根据第i个第三发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号;若第i个第三发送功率大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则终端设备根据第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the first aspect, in the ninth embodiment of the first aspect, the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal includes: if the i-th third transmit power is not greater than the i-th uplink port Maximum transmission power, the terminal device transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power; if the i-th third transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the terminal equipment The maximum transmit power of each uplink port, and transmit the i-th first sub-signal.
采用上述方法,可以保证第i个第一发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率。With the above method, it can be ensured that the i-th first transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
结合第一方面的第八实施例,在第一方面的第十实施例中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的参考端口标识和第二功率信息之前,还包括:终端设备向网络设备上报终端设备的功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述终端设备的功率余量。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the first aspect, in the tenth embodiment of the first aspect, before the terminal device receives the reference port identifier and the second power information sent by the network device, the method further includes: the terminal device reports the terminal device to the network device Power headroom information; the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the terminal device.
结合第一方面的第八实施例,在第一方面的第十一实施例中,该方法还包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第一功率信息;第一功率信息用于指示网络设备为终端设备分配的总发送功率;终端设备根据第二功率信息分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率,包括:终端设备根据第一功率信息获取网络设备为终端设备分配的总发送功率;终端设备根据总发送功率和第二功率信息,分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,N个上行端口的第三发送功率之和不大于总发送功率;或者,所述参考端口的第三发送功率为所述总发送功率在所述N个上行端口中的均值。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the first aspect, in the eleventh embodiment of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives first power information sent by the network device; the first power information is used to indicate that the network device is a terminal The total transmit power allocated by the device; the terminal device obtains the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the second power information, including: the terminal device obtains the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the terminal device according to the first power information; The total transmit power and the second power information respectively obtain the third transmit power of N uplink ports; wherein the sum of the third transmit power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmit power; or, the third transmit power of the reference port The power is the average value of the total transmission power in the N uplink ports.
采用上述方法,可以保证终端设备发送第一上行信号的总实际发送功率不超过网络设备为其分配的总发送功率,或者,终端设备可以基于总发送功率计算每个上行端口的第三发送功率,从而可以在提高上行吞吐量的同时,符合现有通信协议规定的网络设备对终端设备的功率控制规则。Using the above method, it can be ensured that the total actual transmission power of the terminal device sending the first uplink signal does not exceed the total transmission power allocated by the network device for it, or the terminal device can calculate the third transmission power of each uplink port based on the total transmission power, Therefore, while improving the uplink throughput, it can comply with the power control rules of the network equipment to the terminal equipment stipulated by the existing communication protocol.
结合第一方面的第八实施例,在第一方面的第十二实施例中,该方法还包括:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第三功率信息;第三功率信息用于指示网络设备为参考端口分配的第三发送功率;终端设备根据第二功率信息分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率,包括:终端设备根据第三功率信息获取网络设备为参考端口分配的第三发送功率;终端设备根据网络设备为参考端口分配的第三发送功率和第二功率信息中所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,获取第一上行端口的第三发送功率。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the first aspect, in the twelfth embodiment of the first aspect, the method further includes: the terminal device receives third power information sent by the network device; the third power information is used to instruct the network device as a reference The third transmit power allocated by the port; the terminal device obtains the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the second power information, including: the terminal device obtains the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port according to the third power information; the terminal The device obtains the third transmission power of the first uplink port according to the difference between the third transmission power allocated by the network device for the reference port and the decibel power corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information.
结合第一方面或第一方面的任一实施例,在第一方面的第十三实施例中,第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the first aspect or any one of the embodiments of the first aspect, in the thirteenth embodiment of the first aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号接收方法,其中,网络设备接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号;其中,第i个第一分信号是终端设备通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向网络设备发送的;网络设备根据N个第一分信号获取第一上行信号。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving method, in which a network device receives N first sub-signals sent by a terminal device; wherein, the i-th first sub-signal is the terminal device passing through N uplink ports The i-th uplink port of is sent to the network device; the network device obtains the first uplink signal according to the N first partial signals.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的第一实施例中,网络设备接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号之前,还包括:网络设备根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值;第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值用于指示第一上行端口的第三发送功率与参考端口的第三发送功率之间的分贝功率差值;第一上行端口为N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的任一上行端口;第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值与第一上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗正相关;网络设备向终端设备发送参考端口的参考端口标识,以及第二功率信息;第二功率信息包括第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。With reference to the second aspect, in the first embodiment of the second aspect, before the network device receives the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device performs the first uplink according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port The decibel power difference corresponding to the port allocation; the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmit power of the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port; the first uplink The port is any one of the N uplink ports except the reference port; the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively related to the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device; the network device sends to the terminal device The reference port identifier of the reference port, and the second power information; the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
结合第二方面的第一实施例,在第二方面的第二实施例中,网络设备根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值,包括:网络设备获取终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的第四发送功率;第二上行信号为终端设备在发送第一上行信号之前向网络 设备发送的上行信号;网络设备根据第四发送功率,以及,对第二分信号的接收功率获取第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,并根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,获取第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值;或者,网络设备根据第四发送功率,以及,接收到的第二分信号的信噪比,获取第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗;第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗用于指示第一上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗,与接收到的噪声信号的分贝功率之和;网络设备根据第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗,获取第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。With reference to the first embodiment of the second aspect, in the second embodiment of the second aspect, the network device allocates the corresponding decibel power difference to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port, including: network device Obtain the fourth transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port; the second uplink signal is the uplink signal that the terminal device sends to the network device before sending the first uplink signal; Four transmit power, and obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port from the received power of the second sub-signal, and obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port Or, the network device obtains the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmit power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal; the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port is used to indicate The path loss between the first uplink port and the network device is the sum of the decibel power of the received noise signal; the network device obtains the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port .
结合第二方面的第二实施例,在第二方面的第三实施例中,所述第二上行信号包括M个第二分信号,且,所述M个第二分信号是所述终端设备通过M个上行端口分别发送的;所述M个上行端口包括所述N个上行端口;网络设备获取终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的第四发送功率之前,还包括:网络设备接收终端设备发送的功率余量信息;功率余量信息用于指示终端设备的功率余量;网络设备获取终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的第四发送功率,包括:网络设备根据终端设备发送的功率余量信息获取终端设备发送第二上行信号的总实际发送功率;网络设备根据总实际发送功率获取终端设备发送M个第二分信号的M个第四发送功率;该M个第四发送功率之和为总实际发送功率。With reference to the second embodiment of the second aspect, in the third embodiment of the second aspect, the second uplink signal includes M second partial signals, and the M second partial signals are the terminal equipment Respectively sent through M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include the N uplink ports; before the network device obtains the fourth transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port, It also includes: the network device receives the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; the network device obtains the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port The fourth transmit power includes: the network device obtains the total actual transmit power of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the network device obtains the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device according to the total actual transmit power M fourth transmission power; the sum of the M fourth transmission power is the total actual transmission power.
结合第二方面的第一实施例,在第二方面的第四实施例中网络设备接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号之前,还包括:网络设备向终端设备发送第一功率信息,第一功率信息用于向终端设备指示为终端设备分配的总发送功率。With reference to the first embodiment of the second aspect, before the network device receives the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device in the fourth embodiment of the second aspect, the method further includes: the network device sends the first power information to the terminal device, A piece of power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
结合第二方面的第一实施例,在第二方面的第五实施例中,网络设备接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号之前,还包括:网络设备根据为终端设备分配的总发送功率在N个上行端口中的均值,获取参考端口的第三发送功率,并向终端设备发送第三功率信息,第三功率信息用于向终端设备指示参考端口的第三发送功率。With reference to the first embodiment of the second aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the second aspect, before the network device receives the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device, the method further includes: the network device according to the total transmit power allocated to the terminal device The average value among the N uplink ports is used to obtain the third transmission power of the reference port, and send the third power information to the terminal device. The third power information is used to indicate the third transmission power of the reference port to the terminal device.
结合第二方面或第二方面的任一实施例,在第二方面的第六实施例中,第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the second aspect or any of the embodiments of the second aspect, in the sixth embodiment of the second aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号发送方法,其中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的第五功率信息;第五功率信息用于指示网络设备分别为N个上行端口分配的功率调整量;终端设备根据第五功率信息获取网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量,并根据第i个功率调整量调整第i个上行端口的第i个发送功率;i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;终端设备根据调整后的第i个发送功率,发送第一上行信号的第i个第一分信号;第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal sending method, wherein the terminal device receives fifth power information sent by the network device; the fifth power information is used to indicate the power adjustment amount that the network device allocates to the N uplink ports. ; The terminal device obtains the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device for the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and adjusts the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port according to the i-th power adjustment amount; i is less than or equal to N and N is a positive integer greater than 1; the terminal device transmits the i-th first partial signal of the first uplink signal according to the adjusted i-th transmission power; the first uplink signal includes N first partial signals.
由于网络设备是否能够正确解码分信号是与网络设备接收到的分信号的质量直接相关的,采用上述方法,网络设备直接根据接收到的N个第一分信号的质量参数为终端设备分配功率调整量,无需估算路径损耗,调节方式更加直接,结果更加准确。Since whether the network device can correctly decode the sub-signal is directly related to the quality of the sub-signal received by the network device, using the above method, the network device directly allocates power adjustments to the terminal device according to the quality parameters of the received N first sub-signals No need to estimate the path loss, the adjustment method is more direct and the result is more accurate.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第一实施例中,终端设备向网络设备发送功率余量信息;功率余量信息用于指示第i个上行端口的功率余量;该功率余量信息用于网络设备为第i个上行端口分配功率调整量。With reference to the third aspect, in the first embodiment of the third aspect, the terminal device sends power headroom information to the network device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; the power headroom information is used The network device allocates a power adjustment amount for the i-th uplink port.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的第二实施例中,终端设备接收网络设备发送的端口集合信息;端口集合信息用于指示N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;第五功率信息包括第一端口集合的集合标识以及与集合标识对应的功率调整量,第一端口集合包括第i个上行端口;终端设备根据第五功率信息,获取第i个功率调整量,并根据第i个功率调整量调整第i个发送功率,包括:终端设备确定端口集合信息中集合标识对应的一个或多个上行端口;终端设备根据第五功率信息中,该集合标识对应的 功率调整量调整上述一个或多个上行端口的发送功率。With reference to the third aspect, in the second embodiment of the third aspect, the terminal device receives the port set information sent by the network device; the port set information is used to indicate the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports; the fifth power information It includes the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment value corresponding to the set identifier. The first port set includes the i-th uplink port; the terminal device obtains the i-th power adjustment value according to the fifth power information, and according to the i-th The power adjustment amount adjusting the i-th transmit power includes: the terminal device determines one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information; the terminal device adjusts the above one according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information Or transmit power of multiple uplink ports.
采用上述方法,网络设备通过集合标识和对应的功率调整量便可以指示终端设备调整端口集合中包括的多个上行端口的发送功率,因此有利于节省信令开销。Using the above method, the network device can instruct the terminal device to adjust the transmit power of the multiple uplink ports included in the port set through the set identifier and the corresponding power adjustment amount, which is beneficial to saving signaling overhead.
结合第三方面或第三方面的任一实施例,在第三方面的第三实施例中,第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the third aspect or any of the embodiments of the third aspect, in the third embodiment of the third aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号接收方法,其中,网络设备根据接收到的第二上行信号的N个第二分信号,获取N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数;其中,N个第二分信号是终端设备通过N个上行端口分别向网络设备发送的;N个上行端口中,第i个上行端口对应的第i个质量参数用于指示网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量;i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;网络设备根据第i个质量参数,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量,并向终端设备发送第五功率信息;第五功率信息用于指示第i个功率调整量。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving method, wherein the network device obtains the quality parameters corresponding to each of the N uplink ports according to the received N second partial signals of the second uplink signal; where N The second sub-signal is sent by the terminal device to the network device through the N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i-th uplink port is used to indicate the i-th quality parameter received by the network device The signal quality of the second sub-signal sent by the uplink port; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, and Send fifth power information to the terminal device; the fifth power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第一实施例中,第i个质量参数包括网络设备对第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的接收功率,和/或,网络设备接收到的第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信噪比。With reference to the fourth aspect, in the first embodiment of the fourth aspect, the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the network device to the i-th uplink port, and/or the first received power of the network device The signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal sent by i uplink ports.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第二实施例中,第i个功率调整量,与网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量负相关。With reference to the fourth aspect, in the second embodiment of the fourth aspect, the i-th power adjustment value is negatively correlated with the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第三实施例中,网络设备根据第i个质量参数,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量之前,还包括:网络设备接收终端设备发送的功率余量信息;功率余量信息用于指示第i个上行端口的功率余量;网络设备根据第i个质量参数,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量,包括:网络设备根据第i个质量参数以及第i个上行端口的功率余量,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量;其中,第i个功率调整量不大于第i个上行端口的功率余量。With reference to the fourth aspect, in the third embodiment of the fourth aspect, before the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, the method further includes: the network device receives the data sent by the terminal device Power headroom information; power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, including: the network device according to The i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port; wherein the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的第四实施例中,该方法还包括:网络设备根据N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数,构建一个或多个端口集合;针对任一端口集合,该端口集合包括一个或多个上行端口,若端口集合包括多个上行端口,则端口集合中任意两个上行端口分别对应的质量参数之间的差值不大于预设的第二阈值;网络设备向终端设备发送端口集合信息;用于指示N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;网络设备根据第i个质量参数,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量,并向终端设备发送第五功率信息,包括:网络设备为第i个上行端口所在的第一端口集合分配第i个功率调整量,并向终端设备发送第五功率信息,第五功率信息包括第一端口集合的集合标识以及与集合标识对应的第i个功率调整量。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a fourth embodiment of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: the network device constructs one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; for any port set, the port The set includes one or more uplink ports. If the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the preset second threshold; The device sends port set information; used to indicate the set identifier of the port set corresponding to each of the N uplink ports; the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter, and sends it to the terminal device The fifth power information includes: the network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located, and sends fifth power information to the terminal device, the fifth power information includes the set of the first port set Identification and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identification.
结合第四方面或第四方面的任一实施例,在第四方面的第五实施例中,第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the fourth aspect or any of the embodiments of the fourth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the fourth aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,其中包括:处理单元和通信单元;所述处理单元用于:生成第一上行信号,所述第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号;所述通信单元用于:通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向网络设备发送第i个第一分信号,通信单元发送所述第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率,是与所述第i个上行端口与所述网络设备之间的第i个路径损耗相关的;所述i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a processing unit and a communication unit; the processing unit is configured to: generate a first uplink signal, and the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; The communication unit is configured to send the i-th first sub-signal to the network device through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports, and the communication unit sends the i-th first transmission power of the i-th first sub-signal , Is related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一实施例中,所述第i个第一发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关,所述第i个路径损耗估计值为所述第i个路径损耗的估计值。With reference to the fifth aspect, in the first embodiment of the fifth aspect, the i-th first transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the i-th An estimate of path loss.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第二实施例中,所述处理单元还用于:获取第i个路径损耗估计值,所述第i个路径损耗估计值为所述第i个上行端口和所述网络设备之间的路径损耗的估计值;根据所述 第i个路径损耗估计值为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,所述第i个第二发送功率与所述第i个路径损耗估计值正相关;根据所述第i个第二发送功率,确定所述第i个第一发送功率。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a second embodiment of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: obtain an i-th path loss estimation value, where the i-th path loss estimation value is the i-th uplink port An estimated value of the path loss between the network device and the network device; according to the estimated value of the i-th path loss, the i-th uplink port is allocated with the i-th second transmit power; wherein, the i-th second The transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value; the i-th first transmission power is determined according to the i-th second transmission power.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第三实施例中,所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述网络设备发送下行信号的发送功率,以及,所述第i个上行端口对应的下行端口对所述下行信号的接收功率,获取所述第i个路径损耗估计值;其中,所述第i个上行端口对应的下行端口与所述第i个上行端口属于同一天线端口。With reference to the fifth aspect, in the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: according to the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device, and the downlink port pair corresponding to the i-th uplink port The received power of the downlink signal obtains the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
结合第五方面的第三实施例,在第五方面的第四实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的第一功率信息;所述第一功率信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述第一功率信息获取所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;根据所述第i个路径损耗估计值和所述总发送功率,为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,所述N个上行端口分别对应的第二发送功率之和不大于所述总发送功率。With reference to the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to indicate The total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus according to the first power information; The path loss estimation value and the total transmit power allocate the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port; wherein the sum of the second transmit powers corresponding to the N uplink ports is not greater than the total Transmission power.
结合第五方面的第三实施例,在第五方面的第五实施例中,所述第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率与第j个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率之间的分贝功率差值不大于预设的第一阈值;所述第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率是根据所述第i个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;所述第j个第二发送功率是根据所述第j个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;其中,所述j小于等于N且不等于i。With reference to the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is between the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power The decibel power difference of is not greater than the preset first threshold; the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated according to the i-th path loss estimate; the j-th second The transmission power is calculated according to the j-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
结合第五方面的第三实施例,在第五方面的第六实施例中,所述处理单元具体用于:若所述第i个第二发送功率不大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述通信单元根据所述第i个第二发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号;若所述第i个第二发送功率大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述通信单元根据所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号。With reference to the third embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the sixth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the i-th second transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th second transmission power; if the i-th second transmission power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
结合第五方面或第五方面的任一实施例,在第五方面的第七实施例中,所述第i个第二发送功率是根据以下公式确定的:With reference to the fifth aspect or any embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the seventh embodiment of the fifth aspect, the i-th second transmit power is determined according to the following formula:
其中,P i-1为所述第i个第二发送功率的分贝功率值,i=[1,N]; 为P i-1的线性功率值; 为总发送功率P SUM的线性功率值;α为路损补偿因子;PL i-1为所述第i个路径损耗。 Wherein, Pi -1 is the decibel power value of the i-th second transmission power, i=[1, N]; Is the linear power value of Pi-1 ; Is the linear power value of the total transmission power P SUM ; α is the path loss compensation factor; PL i-1 is the i-th path loss.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第八实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的参考端口标识和第二功率信息;所述第二功率信息用于指示第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值;所述第一上行端口为所述N个上行端口中除所述参考端口标识对应的参考端口之外的任一上行端口;所述处理单元还用于:根据所述第二功率信息分别获取所述N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,所述第一上行端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率为所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,与所述参考端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率之和;根据所述第i个上行端口的第i个第三发送功率,确定发送所述第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率。With reference to the fifth aspect, in an eighth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: receive a reference port identifier and second power information sent by the network device; the second power information is used to indicate the first Decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port; the first uplink port is any uplink port among the N uplink ports except the reference port corresponding to the reference port identifier; the processing unit is further configured to: The third transmission powers of the N uplink ports are respectively obtained according to the second power information; wherein the decibel power of the third transmission power of the first uplink port is the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port , And the sum of the decibel power of the third transmit power of the reference port; determine the i-th transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmit power of the i-th uplink port One transmission power.
结合第五方面的第八实施例,在第五方面的第九实施例中,所述处理单元具体用于:若所述第i个第三发送功率不大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述通信单元根据所述第i个第三发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号;若所述第i个第三发送功率大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述通信单元根据所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the ninth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: if the i-th third transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power; if the i-th third transmission power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power, the communication unit transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
结合第五方面的第八实施例,在第五方面的第十实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:向所述网络设备上报所述装置的功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述装置的功率余量。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the tenth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: report the power headroom information of the apparatus to the network device; the power headroom information Used to indicate the power headroom of the device.
结合第五方面的第八实施例,在第五方面的第十一实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的第一功率信息;所述第一功率信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述第一功率信息获取所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;根据所述总发送功率和所述第二功率信息,分别获取所述N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,所述N个上行端口的第三发送功率之和不大于所述总发送功率;或者,所述参考端口的第三发送功率为所述总发送功率在所述N个上行端口中的均值。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the eleventh embodiment of the fifth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to Indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the device according to the first power information; Power and the second power information, respectively obtain the third transmission power of the N uplink ports; wherein the sum of the third transmission power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power; or, the The third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power in the N uplink ports.
结合第五方面的第八实施例,在第五方面的第十二实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的第三功率信息;所述第三功率信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述参考端口分配的第三发送功率;所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述第三功率信息获取所述网络设备为所述参考端口分配的第三发送功率;根据所述网络设备为所述参考端口分配的第三发送功率和所述第二功率信息中所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,获取所述第一上行端口的第三发送功率。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the fifth aspect, in the twelfth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: receive third power information sent by the network device; and the third power information is used to Instruct the network device to allocate the third transmit power for the reference port; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port according to the third power information; The third transmit power allocated by the network device to the reference port and the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information to obtain the third transmit power of the first uplink port.
结合第五方面或第五方面的任一实施例,在第五方面的第十三实施例中,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the fifth aspect or any one of the embodiments of the fifth aspect, in a thirteenth embodiment of the fifth aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or, Sounding reference signal SRS.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,其中包括:处理单元和通信单元;所述通信单元用于:接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号;其中,第i个第一分信号是所述终端设备通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向所述装置发送的;所述处理单元用于:根据所述N个第一分信号获取所述第一上行信号。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a processing unit and a communication unit; the communication unit is configured to: receive N first sub-signals sent by a terminal device; wherein, the i-th first sub-signal It is sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports; the processing unit is configured to obtain the first uplink signal according to the N first partial signals.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一实施例中,所述处理单元还用于:根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值;所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值用于指示所述第一上行端口的第三发送功率与参考端口的第三发送功率之间的分贝功率差值;所述第一上行端口为所述N个上行端口中除所述参考端口之外的任一上行端口;所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值与所述第一上行端口与所述装置之间的路径损耗正相关;所述通信单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送所述参考端口的参考端口标识,以及第二功率信息;所述第二功率信息包括所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。With reference to the sixth aspect, in the first embodiment of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: allocate a corresponding decibel power difference to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port; The decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmission power of the first uplink port and the third transmission power of the reference port; the first uplink port is the N number Any one of the uplink ports except the reference port; the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the device; the communication The unit is further configured to send the reference port identifier of the reference port and second power information to the terminal device; the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
结合第六方面的第一实施例,在第六方面的第二实施例中,所述处理单元具体用于:获取所述终端设备通过所述第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的第四发送功率;所述第二上行信号为所述终端设备在发送所述第一上行信号之前向所述装置发送的上行信号;根据所述第四发送功率,以及,对所述第二分信号的接收功率获取所述第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,并根据所述第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,获取所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值;或者,根据所述第四发送功率,以及,接收到的所述第二分信号的信噪比,获取所述第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗;所述第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗用于指示所述第一上行端口与所述装置之间的路径损耗,与接收到的所述第二分信号中噪声信号的分贝功率之和;根据所述第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗,获取所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。With reference to the first embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the second embodiment of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the second component of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port; The fourth transmission power of the signal; the second uplink signal is the uplink signal sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus before the first uplink signal is sent; according to the fourth transmission power, and the Obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port from the received power of the two-divided signal, and obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port; or , Obtaining the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmission power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal; the equivalent path corresponding to the first uplink port Loss is used to indicate the path loss between the first uplink port and the device, and the sum of the decibel power of the noise signal in the received second sub-signal; according to the equivalent of the first uplink port Path loss, obtaining the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
结合第六方面的第二实施例,在第六方面的第三实施例中,所述第二上行信号包括M个第二分信号,且,所述M个第二分信号是所述终端设备通过M个上行端口分别发送的;所述M个上行端口包括所述N个上行端口;所述通信单元还用于:接收所述终端设备发送的功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述终端设备的功率余量;所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述终端设备发送的功率余量信息获取所述终端设备发送所述第二上行信号的总实际发送功率;根据所述总实际发送功率获取所述终端设备发送所述M个第二分信号的M个第四发送功率;所述M个第四发送功率之和为所述总实际发送 功率。With reference to the second embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the third embodiment of the sixth aspect, the second uplink signal includes M second partial signals, and the M second partial signals are the terminal equipment The M uplink ports are respectively sent through the M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include the N uplink ports; the communication unit is further configured to: receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used for To indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; the processing unit is specifically configured to: obtain the total actual transmission power of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; The total actual transmission power obtains M fourth transmission powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device; the sum of the M fourth transmission powers is the total actual transmission power.
结合第六方面的第一实施例,在第六方面的第四实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息用于向所述终端设备指示为所述终端设备分配的总发送功率。With reference to the first embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the sixth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: send first power information to the terminal device, and the first power information is used to send The terminal device indicates the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
结合第六方面的第一实施例,在第六方面的第五实施例中,所述处理单元还用于:根据为所述终端设备分配的总发送功率在所述N个上行端口中的均值,获取所述参考端口的第三发送功率;所述通信单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送第三功率信息,所述第三功率信息用于向所述终端设备指示所述参考端口的第三发送功率。With reference to the first embodiment of the sixth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the sixth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: according to the average value of the total transmit power allocated to the terminal device in the N uplink ports , Obtain the third transmission power of the reference port; the communication unit is further configured to: send third power information to the terminal device, and the third power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the power of the reference port Third transmission power.
结合第六方面或第六方面的任一实施例,在第六方面的第六实施例中,所述第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the sixth aspect or any one of the embodiments of the sixth aspect, in the sixth embodiment of the sixth aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,其中包括:通信单元和处理单元;所述通信单元用于:接收网络设备发送的第五功率信息;所述第五功率信息用于指示所述网络设备分别为N个上行端口分配的功率调整量;所述处理单元用于:根据所述第五功率信息获取所述网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量,并根据所述第i个功率调整量调整所述第i个上行端口的第i个发送功率;所述i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;所述通信单元还用于:根据调整后的所述第i个发送功率,发送第一上行信号的第i个第一分信号;所述第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the communication unit is configured to: receive fifth power information sent by a network device; and the fifth power information is used to indicate the The power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports respectively; the processing unit is configured to obtain the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and according to The i-th power adjustment amount adjusts the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the communication unit is further configured to: The i-th transmit power of is to send the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal; the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:向所述网络设备发送功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述第i个上行端口的功率余量;所述功率余量信息用于所述网络设备为所述第i个上行端口分配所述第i个功率调整量。With reference to the seventh aspect, in the first embodiment of the seventh aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: send power headroom information to the network device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the i-th uplink The power headroom of the port; the power headroom information is used by the network device to allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第二实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的端口集合信息;所述端口集合信息用于指示所述N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;所述第五功率信息包括第一端口集合的集合标识以及与所述集合标识对应的功率调整量,所述第一端口集合包括所述第i个上行端口;所述处理单元具体用于:确定所述端口集合信息中与所述集合标识对应一个或多个上行端口;根据所述第五功率信息中,所述集合标识对应的功率调整量调整所述一个或多个上行端口的发送功率。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a second embodiment of the seventh aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: receive port set information sent by the network device; the port set information is used to indicate that the N uplink ports are respectively The set identifier of the corresponding port set; the fifth power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier, and the first port set includes the i-th uplink port; The processing unit is specifically configured to: determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information; adjust the one or more uplink ports according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information. The transmit power of multiple uplink ports.
结合第七方面或第七方面的任一实施例,在第七方面的第三实施例中,所述第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the seventh aspect or any embodiment of the seventh aspect, in the third embodiment of the seventh aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号接收装置,其中包括:通信单元和处理单元;所述处理单元用于:根据接收到的第二上行信号的N个第二分信号,获取所述N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数;其中,所述N个第二分信号是所述终端设备通过所述N个上行端口分别向所述装置发送的;所述N个上行端口中,第i个上行端口对应的第i个质量参数用于指示所述装置接收到的、所述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量;所述i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;根据所述第i个质量参数,为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量;所述通信单元,用于向所述终端设备发送第五功率信息;所述第五功率信息用于指示所述第i个功率调整量。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving device, which includes: a communication unit and a processing unit; the processing unit is configured to: obtain the received second uplink signal according to the N second partial signals of the received second uplink signal The N uplink ports respectively correspond to quality parameters; wherein, the N second sub-signals are respectively sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus through the N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the first The i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i uplink ports is used to indicate the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the device and sent by the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is greater than 1. According to the i-th quality parameter, allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port; the communication unit is configured to send fifth power information to the terminal device; Five power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第一实施例中,所述第i个质量参数包括所述通信单元对所述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的接收功率,和/或,所述通信单元接收到的所述第i个上行端口发送的所述第二分信号的信噪比。With reference to the eighth aspect, in the first embodiment of the eighth aspect, the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the communication unit to the i-th uplink port, and/or, The signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the communication unit.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第二实施例中,所述第i个功率调整量,与所述通信单元接收到的、所述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量负相关。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a second embodiment of the eighth aspect, the i-th power adjustment amount is related to the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the communication unit and sent by the i-th uplink port Negative correlation.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第三实施例中,所述通信单元还用于:接收所述终端设备发送的功率 余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述第i个上行端口的功率余量;所述处理单元具体用于:根据所述第i个质量参数以及所述第i个上行端口的功率余量,为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量;其中,所述第i个功率调整量不大于所述第i个上行端口的功率余量。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a third embodiment of the eighth aspect, the communication unit is further configured to: receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the i-th The power headroom of the uplink port; the processing unit is specifically configured to: allocate the i-th power adjustment to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port量; Wherein, the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的第四实施例中,所述处理单元还用于:根据所述N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数,构建一个或多个端口集合;针对任一端口集合,所述端口集合包括一个或多个上行端口,若所述端口集合包括多个上行端口,则所述端口集合中任意两个上行端口分别对应的质量参数之间的差值不大于预设的第二阈值;所述通信单元还用于:向所述终端设备发送端口集合信息;所述端口集合信息用于指示所述N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;所述处理单元具体用于:为所述第i个上行端口所在的第一端口集合分配所述第i个功率调整量;所述通信单元具体用于:向所述终端设备发送第五功率信息,所述第五功率信息包括所述第一端口集合的集合标识以及与所述集合标识对应的所述第i个功率调整量。With reference to the eighth aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the eighth aspect, the processing unit is further configured to: construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; , The port set includes one or more uplink ports, and if the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than a preset The second threshold; the communication unit is further configured to: send port set information to the terminal device; the port set information is used to indicate the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports; the processing unit specifically Is configured to: allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located; the communication unit is specifically configured to: send fifth power information to the terminal device, and the fifth The power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier.
结合第八方面或第八方面的任一实施例,在第八方面的第五实施例中,第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the eighth aspect or any one of the embodiments of the eighth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the eighth aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第九方面,本申请实施例一种装置,包括:处理器和收发器;处理器用于生成第一上行信号,所述第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号;收发器用于通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向网络设备发送第i个第一分信号,收发器发送所述第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率,是与所述第i个上行端口与所述网络设备之间的第i个路径损耗相关的;所述i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数。In a ninth aspect, an apparatus of an embodiment of the present application includes: a processor and a transceiver; the processor is configured to generate a first uplink signal, and the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; and the transceiver is configured to pass N uplink signals. The i-th uplink port in the ports sends the i-th first sub-signal to the network device, and the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the transceiver is the same as the i-th uplink port Related to the i-th path loss between the network devices; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一实施例中,所述第i个第一发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关,所述第i个路径损耗估计值为所述第i个路径损耗的估计值。With reference to the ninth aspect, in the first embodiment of the ninth aspect, the i-th first transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the i-th An estimate of path loss.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第二实施例中,所述处理器还用于:获取第i个路径损耗估计值,所述第i个路径损耗估计值为所述第i个上行端口和所述网络设备之间的路径损耗的估计值;根据所述第i个路径损耗估计值为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,所述第i个第二发送功率与所述第i个路径损耗估计值正相关;根据所述第i个第二发送功率,确定所述第i个第一发送功率。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a second embodiment of the ninth aspect, the processor is further configured to: obtain an i-th path loss estimation value, where the i-th path loss estimation value is the i-th uplink port An estimated value of the path loss between the network device and the network device; according to the estimated value of the i-th path loss, the i-th uplink port is allocated with the i-th second transmit power; wherein, the i-th second The transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value; the i-th first transmission power is determined according to the i-th second transmission power.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第三实施例中,所述处理器具体用于:根据所述网络设备发送下行信号的发送功率,以及,所述第i个上行端口对应的下行端口对所述下行信号的接收功率,获取所述第i个路径损耗估计值;其中,所述第i个上行端口对应的下行端口与所述第i个上行端口属于同一天线端口。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a third embodiment of the ninth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: according to the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device, and the downlink port pair corresponding to the i-th uplink port The received power of the downlink signal obtains the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
结合第九方面的第三实施例,在第九方面的第四实施例中,所述收发器还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的第一功率信息;所述第一功率信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;所述处理器具体用于:根据所述第一功率信息获取所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;根据所述第i个路径损耗估计值和所述总发送功率,为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,所述N个上行端口分别对应的第二发送功率之和不大于所述总发送功率。With reference to the third embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to indicate The total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmit power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus according to the first power information; The path loss estimation value and the total transmit power allocate the i-th second transmit power to the i-th uplink port; wherein the sum of the second transmit powers corresponding to the N uplink ports is not greater than the total Transmission power.
结合第九方面的第三实施例,在第九方面的第五实施例中,所述第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率与第j个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率之间的分贝功率差值不大于预设的第一阈值;所述第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率是根据所述第i个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;所述第j个第二发送功率是根据所述第j个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;其中,所述j小于等于N且不等于i。With reference to the third embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is between the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power The decibel power difference of is not greater than the preset first threshold; the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated according to the i-th path loss estimate; the j-th second The transmission power is calculated according to the j-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
结合第九方面的第三实施例,在第九方面的第六实施例中,所述处理器具体用于:若所述第i个第二发送功率不大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述收发器根据所述第i个第二发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号;若所述第i个第二发送功率大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率, 则通过所述收发器根据所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号。With reference to the third embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the sixth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: if the i-th second transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmit power, send the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th second transmit power through the transceiver; if the i-th second transmit power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power is to transmit the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port through the transceiver.
结合第九方面或第九方面的任一实施例,在第五方面的第七实施例中,所述第i个第二发送功率是根据以下公式确定的:With reference to the ninth aspect or any one of the embodiments of the ninth aspect, in the seventh embodiment of the fifth aspect, the i-th second transmit power is determined according to the following formula:
其中,P i-1为所述第i个第二发送功率的分贝功率值,i=[1,N]; 为P i-1的线性功率值; 为总发送功率P SUM的线性功率值;α为路损补偿因子;PL i-1为所述第i个路径损耗。 Wherein, Pi -1 is the decibel power value of the i-th second transmission power, i=[1, N]; Is the linear power value of Pi-1 ; Is the linear power value of the total transmission power P SUM ; α is the path loss compensation factor; PL i-1 is the i-th path loss.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第八实施例中,所述收发器还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的参考端口标识和第二功率信息;所述第二功率信息用于指示第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值;所述第一上行端口为所述N个上行端口中除所述参考端口标识对应的参考端口之外的任一上行端口;所述处理器还用于:根据所述第二功率信息分别获取所述N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,所述第一上行端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率为所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,与所述参考端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率之和;根据所述第i个上行端口的第i个第三发送功率,确定发送所述第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率。With reference to the ninth aspect, in an eighth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: receive a reference port identifier and second power information sent by the network device; the second power information is used to indicate the first Decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port; the first uplink port is any uplink port among the N uplink ports except the reference port corresponding to the reference port identifier; the processor is further configured to: The third transmission powers of the N uplink ports are respectively obtained according to the second power information; wherein the decibel power of the third transmission power of the first uplink port is the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port , And the sum of the decibel power of the third transmit power of the reference port; determine the i-th transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmit power of the i-th uplink port One transmission power.
结合第九方面的第八实施例,在第九方面的第九实施例中,所述处理器具体用于:若所述第i个第三发送功率不大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述收发器根据所述第i个第三发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号;若所述第i个第三发送功率大于所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则通过所述收发器根据所述第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送所述第i个第一分信号。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the ninth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: if the i-th third transmit power is not greater than the maximum of the i-th uplink port Transmit power, send the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmit power through the transceiver; if the i-th third transmit power is greater than that of the i-th uplink port The maximum transmission power is to transmit the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port through the transceiver.
结合第九方面的第八实施例,在第九方面的第十实施例中,所述收发器还用于:向所述网络设备上报所述装置的功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述装置的功率余量。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the tenth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: report the power headroom information of the apparatus to the network device; the power headroom information Used to indicate the power headroom of the device.
结合第九方面的第八实施例,在第九方面的第十一实施例中,所述收发器还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的第一功率信息;所述第一功率信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;所述处理器具体用于:根据所述第一功率信息获取所述网络设备为所述装置分配的总发送功率;根据所述总发送功率和所述第二功率信息,分别获取所述N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,所述N个上行端口的第三发送功率之和不大于所述总发送功率;或者,所述参考端口的第三发送功率为所述总发送功率在所述N个上行端口中的均值。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the eleventh embodiment of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: receive first power information sent by the network device; and the first power information is used to Instruct the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the apparatus according to the first power information; Power and the second power information, respectively obtain the third transmission power of the N uplink ports; wherein the sum of the third transmission power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power; or, the The third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power in the N uplink ports.
结合第九方面的第八实施例,在第九方面的第十二实施例中,所述收发器还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的第三功率信息;所述第三功率信息用于指示所述网络设备为所述参考端口分配的第三发送功率;所述处理器具体用于:根据所述第三功率信息获取所述网络设备为所述参考端口分配的第三发送功率;根据所述网络设备为所述参考端口分配的第三发送功率和所述第二功率信息中所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,获取所述第一上行端口的第三发送功率。With reference to the eighth embodiment of the ninth aspect, in the twelfth embodiment of the ninth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: receive third power information sent by the network device; and the third power information is used to Instruct the network device to allocate the third transmit power for the reference port; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port according to the third power information; The third transmit power allocated by the network device to the reference port and the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information to obtain the third transmit power of the first uplink port.
结合第九方面或第九方面的任一实施例,在第九方面的第十三实施例中,其特征在于,所述第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the ninth aspect or any one of the embodiments of the ninth aspect, in the thirteenth embodiment of the ninth aspect, it is characterized in that the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or, Sounding reference signal SRS.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,其中包括:处理器和收发器;所述收发器用于:接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号;其中,第i个第一分信号是所述终端设备通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向所述装置发送的;所述处理器用于:根据所述N个第一分信号获取所述第一上行信号。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a processor and a transceiver; the transceiver is configured to: receive N first sub-signals sent by a terminal device; where the i-th first sub-signal is The terminal equipment sends to the apparatus through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports; the processor is configured to: obtain the first uplink signal according to the N first partial signals.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一实施例中,所述处理器还用于:根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值;所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值用于指示所述第 一上行端口的第三发送功率与参考端口的第三发送功率之间的分贝功率差值;所述第一上行端口为所述N个上行端口中除所述参考端口之外的任一上行端口;所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值与所述第一上行端口与所述装置之间的路径损耗正相关;所述收发器还用于:向所述终端设备发送所述参考端口的参考端口标识,以及第二功率信息;所述第二功率信息包括所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。With reference to the tenth aspect, in the first embodiment of the tenth aspect, the processor is further configured to: assign a corresponding decibel power difference to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port; The decibel power difference corresponding to an uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmission power of the first uplink port and the third transmission power of the reference port; the first uplink port is the N number Any one of the uplink ports except the reference port; the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the device; the transceiver The device is further configured to send the reference port identifier of the reference port and second power information to the terminal device; the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
结合第十方面的第一实施例,在第十方面的第二实施例中,所述处理器具体用于:获取所述终端设备通过所述第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的第四发送功率;所述第二上行信号为所述终端设备在发送所述第一上行信号之前向所述装置发送的上行信号;根据所述第四发送功率,以及,对所述第二分信号的接收功率获取所述第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,并根据所述第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,获取所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值;或者,根据所述第四发送功率,以及,接收到的所述第二分信号的信噪比,获取所述第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗;所述第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗用于指示所述第一上行端口与所述装置之间的路径损耗,与接收到的所述第二分信号中噪声信号的分贝功率之和;根据所述第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗,获取所述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。With reference to the first embodiment of the tenth aspect, in the second embodiment of the tenth aspect, the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the second component of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port The fourth transmission power of the signal; the second uplink signal is the uplink signal sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus before the first uplink signal is sent; according to the fourth transmission power, and the Obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port from the received power of the two-divided signal, and obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port; or , Obtaining the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmission power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal; the equivalent path corresponding to the first uplink port Loss is used to indicate the path loss between the first uplink port and the device, and the sum of the decibel power of the noise signal in the received second sub-signal; according to the equivalent of the first uplink port Path loss, obtaining the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
结合第十方面的第二实施例,在第十方面的第三实施例中,所述第二上行信号包括M个第二分信号,且,所述M个第二分信号是所述终端设备通过M个上行端口分别发送的;所述M个上行端口包括所述N个上行端口;所述收发器还用于:接收所述终端设备发送的功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述终端设备的功率余量;所述处理器具体用于:根据所述终端设备发送的功率余量信息获取所述终端设备发送所述第二上行信号的总实际发送功率;根据所述总实际发送功率获取所述终端设备发送所述M个第二分信号的M个第四发送功率;所述M个第四发送功率之和为所述总实际发送功率。With reference to the second embodiment of the tenth aspect, in the third embodiment of the tenth aspect, the second uplink signal includes M second partial signals, and the M second partial signals are the terminal equipment The M uplink ports are respectively sent through the M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include the N uplink ports; the transceiver is also used for: receiving the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used for To indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; the processor is specifically configured to: obtain the total actual transmission power of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device; The total actual transmission power obtains M fourth transmission powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device; the sum of the M fourth transmission powers is the total actual transmission power.
结合第十方面的第一实施例,在第十方面的第四实施例中,所述收发器还用于:向所述终端设备发送第一功率信息,所述第一功率信息用于向所述终端设备指示为所述终端设备分配的总发送功率。With reference to the first embodiment of the tenth aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the tenth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send first power information to the terminal device, and the first power information is The terminal device indicates the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
结合第十方面的第一实施例,在第十方面的第五实施例中,所述处理器还用于:根据为所述终端设备分配的总发送功率在所述N个上行端口中的均值,获取所述参考端口的第三发送功率;所述收发器还用于:向所述终端设备发送第三功率信息,所述第三功率信息用于向所述终端设备指示所述参考端口的第三发送功率。With reference to the first embodiment of the tenth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the tenth aspect, the processor is further configured to: according to the average value of the total transmit power allocated to the terminal device in the N uplink ports , Obtain the third transmission power of the reference port; the transceiver is further configured to: send third power information to the terminal device, and the third power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the power of the reference port Third transmission power.
结合第十方面或第十方面的任一实施例,在第十方面的第六实施例中,所述第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the tenth aspect or any one of the embodiments of the tenth aspect, in the sixth embodiment of the tenth aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on a physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种装置,其中包括:收发器和处理器;所述收发器用于:接收网络设备发送的第五功率信息;所述第五功率信息用于指示所述网络设备分别为N个上行端口分配的功率调整量;所述处理器用于:根据所述第五功率信息获取所述网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量,并根据所述第i个功率调整量调整所述第i个上行端口的第i个发送功率;所述i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;所述收发器还用于:根据调整后的所述第i个发送功率,发送第一上行信号的第i个第一分信号;所述第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an apparatus, which includes: a transceiver and a processor; the transceiver is used to: receive fifth power information sent by a network device; and the fifth power information is used to indicate the The power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports respectively; the processor is configured to obtain the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and The i-th power adjustment amount adjusts the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1, and the transceiver is also used to: according to the adjusted The i-th transmit power sends the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal; the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第一实施例中,所述收发器还用于:向所述网络设备发送功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述第i个上行端口的功率余量;所述功率余量信息用于所述网络设备为所述第i个上行端口分配所述第i个功率调整量。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in the first embodiment of the eleventh aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: send power headroom information to the network device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the i-th Power headroom of each uplink port; the power headroom information is used by the network device to allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第二实施例中,所述收发器还用于:接收所述网络设备发送的端口集合信息;所述端口集合信息用于指示所述N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;所述第五功率信息包括第一端口集合的集合标识以及与所述集合标识对应的功率调整量,所述第一端口集合包 括所述第i个上行端口;所述处理器具体用于:确定所述端口集合信息中与所述集合标识对应一个或多个上行端口;根据所述第五功率信息中,所述集合标识对应的功率调整量调整所述一个或多个上行端口的发送功率。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in the second embodiment of the eleventh aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: receive port set information sent by the network device; the port set information is used to indicate the N uplinks The set identifier of the port set corresponding to each port; the fifth power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier, and the first port set includes the i-th uplink port The processor is specifically configured to: determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information; adjust the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information The transmit power of one or more uplink ports.
结合第十一方面或第十一方面的任一实施例,在第七方面的第三实施例中,所述第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the eleventh aspect or any one of the embodiments of the eleventh aspect, in the third embodiment of the seventh aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号接收装置,其中包括:收发器和处理器;所述处理器用于:根据接收到的第二上行信号的N个第二分信号,获取所述N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数;其中,所述N个第二分信号是所述终端设备通过所述N个上行端口分别向所述装置发送的;所述N个上行端口中,第i个上行端口对应的第i个质量参数用于指示所述装置接收到的、所述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量;所述i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;根据所述第i个质量参数,为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量;所述收发器,用于向所述终端设备发送第五功率信息;所述第五功率信息用于指示所述第i个功率调整量。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an uplink signal receiving device, which includes: a transceiver and a processor; the processor is configured to: obtain the received second uplink signal according to the N second partial signals of the received second uplink signal The N uplink ports respectively correspond to quality parameters; wherein, the N second sub-signals are respectively sent by the terminal equipment to the apparatus through the N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the first The i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i uplink ports is used to indicate the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the device and sent by the i-th uplink port; the i is less than or equal to N, and N is greater than 1. According to the i-th quality parameter, allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port; the transceiver is configured to send fifth power information to the terminal device; Five power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第一实施例中,所述第i个质量参数包括所述收发器对所述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的接收功率,和/或,所述收发器接收到的所述第i个上行端口发送的所述第二分信号的信噪比。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in the first embodiment of the twelfth aspect, the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the transceiver to the i-th uplink port, and/ Or, the signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the transceiver.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第二实施例中,所述第i个功率调整量,与所述收发器接收到的、所述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量负相关。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in the second embodiment of the twelfth aspect, the i-th power adjustment amount is compared with the second sub-signal received by the transceiver and sent by the i-th uplink port Signal quality is negatively correlated.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第三实施例中,所述收发器还用于:接收所述终端设备发送的功率余量信息;所述功率余量信息用于指示所述第i个上行端口的功率余量;所述处理器具体用于:根据所述第i个质量参数以及所述第i个上行端口的功率余量,为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量;其中,所述第i个功率调整量不大于所述第i个上行端口的功率余量。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in the third embodiment of the twelfth aspect, the transceiver is further configured to: receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device; the power headroom information is used to indicate the second power headroom of i uplink ports; the processor is specifically configured to: allocate the i-th uplink port to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port Power adjustment amount; wherein the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第四实施例中,所述处理器还用于:根据所述N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数,构建一个或多个端口集合;针对任一端口集合,所述端口集合包括一个或多个上行端口,若所述端口集合包括多个上行端口,则所述端口集合中任意两个上行端口分别对应的质量参数之间的差值不大于预设的第二阈值;所述收发器还用于:向所述终端设备发送端口集合信息;所述端口集合信息用于指示所述N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;所述处理器具体用于:为所述第i个上行端口所在的第一端口集合分配所述第i个功率调整量;所述收发器具体用于:向所述终端设备发送第五功率信息,所述第五功率信息包括所述第一端口集合的集合标识以及与所述集合标识对应的所述第i个功率调整量。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in the fourth embodiment of the twelfth aspect, the processor is further configured to: construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; A port set, the port set includes one or more uplink ports, and if the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the expected value. The transceiver is also used to: send port set information to the terminal device; the port set information is used to indicate the set identifier of the port set corresponding to the N uplink ports; the processing The device is specifically configured to: allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located; the transceiver is specifically configured to: send the fifth power information to the terminal device, the The fifth power information includes the set identifier of the first port set and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier.
结合第十二方面或第十二方面的任一实施例,在第十二方面的第五实施例中,第一上行信号为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,或,探测参考信号SRS。With reference to the twelfth aspect or any of the embodiments of the twelfth aspect, in the fifth embodiment of the twelfth aspect, the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH, or a sounding reference signal SRS .
第十三方面,本申请实施例还提供一种通信系统,该通信系统包括终端设备和网络设备;其中,终端设备包括如第九方面或第九方面的任一实施例所提供的装置,网络设备包括如第十方面或第十方面的任一实施例所提供的装置;或者,终端设备包括如第十一方面或第十一方面的任一实施例所提供的装置,网络设备包括如第十二方面或第十二方面的任一实施例所提供的装置。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication system, which includes a terminal device and a network device; wherein, the terminal device includes the device provided in the ninth aspect or any one of the ninth aspects, the network The device includes the device provided in any embodiment of the tenth aspect or the tenth aspect; or, the terminal device includes the device provided in any embodiment of the eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect, and the network device includes the device provided in the first A device provided by the twelfth aspect or any embodiment of the twelfth aspect.
第十四方面,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片系统,包括处理器,可选的还包括存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器用于调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一实施例;和/或,使得安装有芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一实施例;和/或,使得安装有芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一实施 例;和/或,使得安装有芯片系统的通信设备执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一实施例。In a fourteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a chip system, including a processor, and optionally a memory; where the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program, so that the chip system is installed The communication device of the above-mentioned first aspect or any embodiment of the first aspect is executed; and/or the communication device installed with the chip system executes any of the above-mentioned second aspect or any embodiment of the second aspect; and/or, so that The communication device installed with the chip system executes the foregoing third aspect or any embodiment of the third aspect; and/or causes the communication device installed with the chip system to execute any embodiment of the foregoing third aspect or the third aspect.
第十五方面,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the methods described in the above aspects.
第十六方面,本申请实施例还提供一种包括指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面所述的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, the embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product including instructions, which when run on a computer, cause the computer to execute the methods described in the foregoing aspects.
本申请的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the present application will be more concise and understandable in the description of the following embodiments.
下面将对实施例描述中所需要使用的附图作简要介绍。The following will briefly introduce the drawings needed in the description of the embodiments.
图1为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable;
图2为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的无线接入网网络结构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a possible wireless access network network structure applicable to an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种手持终端设备示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a handheld terminal device provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图之一;FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图之二;FIG. 6 is a second schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图之三;FIG. 7 is the third schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8a为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的功率余量信息示意图;FIG. 8a is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8b为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的功率余量信息示意图;FIG. 8b is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8c为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的功率余量信息示意图;FIG. 8c is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8d为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的功率余量信息示意图;FIG. 8d is a schematic diagram of possible power headroom information provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的MAC CE示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a possible MAC CE provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的装置示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的装置示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的装置示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的装置示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a possible device provided by an embodiment of this application.
为了使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本发明作进一步地详细描述。方法实施例中的具体操作方法也可以应用于装置实施例或系统实施例中。其中,在本申请的描述中的“至少一个”是指一个或多个,其中,多个是指两个或两个以上。鉴于此,本发明实施例中也可以将“多个”理解为“至少两个”。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,字符“/”,如无特殊说明,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。另外,需要理解的是,在本申请的描述中,“第一”、“第二”等词汇,仅用于区分描述的目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性,也不能理解为指示或暗示顺序。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the present invention will be further described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings. The specific operation method in the method embodiment can also be applied to the device embodiment or the system embodiment. Among them, "at least one" in the description of this application refers to one or more, and multiple refers to two or more. In view of this, in the embodiments of the present invention, “a plurality of” may also be understood as “at least two”. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. In addition, the character "/", unless otherwise specified, generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. In addition, it should be understood that in the description of this application, words such as "first" and "second" are only used for the purpose of distinguishing description, and cannot be understood as indicating or implying relative importance, nor can it be understood as indicating Or imply the order.
图1为本申请实施例适用的一种可能的通信系统的架构示意图。如图1所示的通信系统包括网络设备20和终端设备10。应理解,图1仅为通信系统的一个架构示意图,本申请实施例中对通信系统中网络设备的数量、终端设备的数量不作限定,而且本申请实施例所适用的通信系统中除了包括网络设备和终端设备之外,还可以包括其它设备,如核心网设备、无线中继设备和无线回传设备等,对此本申请实施例也不作限定。以及,本申请实施例中的网络设备可以将所有的功能集成在一个独立的物理设备,也 可以将功能分布在多个独立的物理设备上,对此本申请实施例也不作限定。此外,本申请实施例中的终端设备可以通过无线方式与网络设备连接。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a possible communication system to which an embodiment of this application is applicable. The communication system shown in FIG. 1 includes a
在一种可能的实现方式中,图1所示的终端设备10和网络设备20可以是无线接入网中的设备。图2为本申请实施例适用的一种无线接入网网络结构,接入网被划分成蜂窝小区,每个小区中的终端设备和该小区的网络设备通过空口链接进行信令和数据交互。网络设备可基于多种接入技术,具体依赖于所采用的网络制式,例如5G NR中,网络设备20可为gNB(next Generation Node B,下一代节点B),使用OFDMA(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access,正交频分多址)的多址接入方式。In a possible implementation manner, the
此外,网络设备20还可以包括但不限于其它类型基站(例如,基站NodeB、演进型基站eNodeB)、未来通信系统中的基站或网络设备、WiFi系统中的接入节点、无线中继节点、无线回传节点)等。网络设备20还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器。网络设备20还可以是小站,传输节点(transmission reference point,TRP)等。当然本申请不限于此。In addition, the
终端设备10是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。例如,终端设备10可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端设备10有时也可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE终端设备、无线通信设备、UE代理或UE装置等。The
上述系统架构适用的通信系统包括但不限于:时分双工-长期演进(Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,TDD LTE)、频分双工-长期演进(Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution,FDD LTE)、长期演进-增强(Long Term Evolution-Advanced,LTE-A),以及未来演进的各种无线通信系统,例如5G新空口(new radio,NR)通信系统。The communication systems to which the above system architecture is applicable include but are not limited to: Time Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution (TDD LTE), Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution (Frequency Division Duplexing-Long Term Evolution, FDD LTE) , Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A), and various wireless communication systems that will evolve in the future, such as 5G new radio (NR) communication systems.
随着无线通信技术的发展,越来越多的终端设备能够支持多天线通信,如图1所示,为一种常见的多输入多输出(multi-input multi-output,MIMO)通信系统。其中,终端设备10具有多条天线(天线101、天线102、天线103和天线104),这些天线可以作为终端设备10中用于与网络设备20传输数据的上行端口和下行端口。为了便于表述,本申请实施例以上行端口101U表示上行传输中的天线101,上行端口102U表示上行传输中的天线102,上行端口103U表示上行传输中的天线103,上行端口104U表示上行传输中的天线104。同样的,以下行端口101D表示下行传输中的天线101,下行端口102D表示下行传输中的天线102,下行端口103D表示下行传输中的天线103,下行端口104D表示下行传输中的天线104(图1中未示出)。With the development of wireless communication technology, more and more terminal devices can support multi-antenna communication. As shown in Fig. 1, it is a common multi-input multi-output (MIMO) communication system. The
通常,终端设备10可以通过全部的下行端口一同接收网络设备20发送的下行信号,以增加传输可靠性、增加下行吞吐量。以及,通过一个或多个上行端口向网络设备20发送上行信号。如图1所示,终端设备10向网络设备20发送上行信号的过程中,一个上行端口,如上行端口101U,所发送的信号可以被网络设备20的多条天线一同接收,上行端口101U与网络设备之间可以有1条数据流传输,若采用四个上行端口向网络设备20发送信号,则可以增加到4条数据流传输,可见,在理想情况下终端设备10采用越多的上行端口向网络设备20发送上行信号,越有利于提高终端设备10的上行吞吐量。Generally, the
基于此,在一种可能的实现方式中,以图1为例,网络设备20可以为终端设备10分配调制编码方 案(Modulation Coding Scheme,MCS)。进而,终端设备10可以将待传输的数据分为4份,并基于网络设备为其指定的MCS得到上行信号对应的4个分信号,也可以认为,终端设备10向网络设备20发送的上行信号包括该4个分信号。以及,终端设备10为4个上行端口分配相同的发送功率,并通过4个上行端口分别发送上述4个分信号。假设上行信号包括分信号1U、分信号2U、分信号3U和分信号4U,则终端设备可以通过上行端口101U发送分信号1U,通过上行端口102U发送分信号2U,通过上行端口103U发送分信号3U,通过上行端口104U发送分信号4U。Based on this, in a possible implementation manner, taking FIG. 1 as an example, the
然而,上行端口101U至104U与网络设备20之间的通信信道可能会具有不同的信道质量。例如,终端设备10为智能手机,用户在手持终端设备10时往往会覆盖其中一条或多条天线,从而导致被覆盖的一条或多条天线对应的上行端口的路径损耗大大增加,在1.8GHz频段上的测试表明,手持对上行信号有7-8dB的衰减。例如,图1中终端设备10在被用户手持时,可以如图3所示,其中虚线表示透视,即天线101至104位于终端设备10背面,终端设备10被用户手持时,背面与用户手掌接触。图3中,终端设备10背面的天线103和天线104被用户的手掌覆盖,而天线101和天线102未被用户的手掌覆盖,这便造成天线103和天线104对应的路径损耗远大于天线101和天线102所对应的路径损耗。However, the communication channels between the
此外,由于制作工艺、生产成本等因素的限制,也会使得终端设备10的多条天线之间可能会具有不同的天线增益,进而使得即使为不同的上行端口分配相同的发送功率,不同的上行端口之间发送分信号的实际功率也可能会出现差异。而且,多天线间的方向图不能保证完全一样,即使在初始方向完成天线校准,在其余某些方向上天线增益仍会出现差异。在本申请实施例中,不同天线之间增益的差异、手握或遮挡导致的信号衰减皆可视为对上行端口与网络设备20之间的信道质量造成的影响。In addition, due to the limitation of manufacturing process, production cost and other factors, the multiple antennas of the
由于不同上行端口之间信道质量的差异,使得终端设备10以相同的发送功率发送的分信号1U至4U时,分信号1U至4U在网络设备20侧的信号质量也会出现差异。例如,终端设备以10w的发送功率通过上行端口101U向网络设备20发送分信号1U,以及,以10w的发送功率通过上行端口102U向网络设备20发送分信号2U,由于上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗大于上行端口102U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗,使得网络设备20接收分信号1U的接收功率小于接收分信号2U的接收功率。在实际使用过程中,网络设备对不同分信号的接收功率之间的差异甚至可以达到10dB以上。Due to the difference in channel quality between different uplink ports, when the
有介于此,网络设备20会根据与终端设备10各上行端口之间的信道质量为终端设备分配MCS。具体而言,在无线通信技术中存在多种MCS,不同的MCS具有不同的码率。MCS用于指示PUSCH的调制方式和信道编码,当信道质量较优(比如信噪比较高)时,网络设备可以为终端设备分配码率较高的MCS从而提高上行吞吐量。此外,网络设备还可以根据物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel,PUSCH)的初传误块率(block error rate,BLER)调整MCS,当BLER超过/低于一定门限时,通过降低/提高MCS,使BLER维持在一定水平,比如10%,从而保持较高的上行吞吐量。Because of this, the
对网络设备20而言,若为终端设备10分配的MCS具有较高的码率,而对终端设备10所发送的任一分信号的接收功率又较小,网络设备20便无法正确解码该分信号,进而使网络设备20无法正确解码该分信号所属的上行信号。基于此,网络设备20通常会以信号质量最差的上行端口的传输能力为主要依据,为终端设备10分配MCS。例如,在图1所示的上行端口101U至104U中,101U的信道质量最差,则网络设备20会以101U的传输能力为主要依据为终端设备10分配MCS,以确保可以接收上行端口101U至104U所发送的分信号。For the
采用上述方法,虽然可以使网络设备20能够正确解码终端设备10通过多个上行端口发送的上行信号,但上述方法并没有完全发挥信道质量较好的上行端口的传输能力,限制了终端设备上行吞吐量的进一步提高。此外,该方法也没有充分利用信道质量较好的上行端口的发送功率,不利于降低终端设备的 功耗。Using the above method, although the
此外,还存在另一种可能的实现方式。终端设备10可以从多个上行端口中选择一个信道质量最好的上行端口,并通过该信道质量最好的上行端口向网络设备20发送上行信号。采用该方法,虽然可以在一定程度上降低终端设备10的功耗,但该方法实际上并没有利用终端设备10多天线的特点,也限制了终端设备10的上行吞吐量的进一步提高。In addition, there is another possible implementation. The
由上述两种可能的实现方式可见,具有多天线的终端设备10还不能充分利用多上行端口的特点以提高上行吞吐量。基于此,本申请实施例提供一种上行信号发送方法和上行信号接收方法,以下统称为上行信号传输方法,通过为终端设备10的多个上行端口分配不同的发送功率,使通过多个上行端口所发送的多个分信号在网络设备20侧可以具有相同或相近的信号质量,以提高终端设备10的上行吞吐量,降低终端设备10的功耗。It can be seen from the above two possible implementations that the
具体而言,对于信道质量较好的上行端口,可以降低其发送功率,有利于降低终端设备10功耗,对于信道质量较差的上行端口,可以增大其发送功率,有利于提高终端设备10的上行吞吐量。通常,终端设备10的上行端口与网络设备20之间的信道质量可以用路径损耗表示,路径损耗越小,则说明信道质量越好,路径损耗越大,则说明信道质量越差。因此,在本申请实施例中,终端设备10的任一上行端口发送分信号的发送功率与该上行端口与网络设备20之间的路径损耗相关。下面结合具体实施例进行详细说明。Specifically, for uplink ports with better channel quality, the transmission power can be reduced, which is beneficial to reduce the power consumption of the
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图,如图4所示,主要包括以下步骤:FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 4, it mainly includes the following steps:
S201:终端设备生成第一上行信号,该第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号。S201: The terminal device generates a first uplink signal, where the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals.
其中,第一上行信号可以是承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,也可以是用于上行波束管理(beam management)、码本(codebook)及非码本(no codebook)的探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS)。也即,本申请实施例所提供的技术方案可用于分配终端设备发送PUSCH信道的信号或SRS时,各上行端口的发送功率。Among them, the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or it may be a sounding reference signal used for uplink beam management, codebook, and no codebook ( sounding reference signal, SRS). That is, the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application can be used to allocate the transmit power of each uplink port when the terminal device transmits the signal of the PUSCH channel or the SRS.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据网络设备的指示,确定是否使用多个上行端口发送第一上行信号。若网络设备指示终端设备可以使用多个上行端口发送第一上行信号,则终端设备生成的第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号,其中,N的取值与所使用的上行端口的数量相对应。以图1为例,若网络设备20指示终端设备10采用4个上行端口发送第一上行信号,则终端设备10生成的第一上行信号包括4个第一分信号。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may determine whether to use multiple uplink ports to send the first uplink signal according to an instruction of the network device. If the network device instructs the terminal device to use multiple uplink ports to send the first uplink signal, the first uplink signal generated by the terminal device includes N first sub-signals, where the value of N corresponds to the number of uplink ports used correspond. Taking FIG. 1 as an example, if the
S202:终端设备通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向网络设备发送第i个第一分信号,其中,终端设备发送第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率,是与第i个上行端口与所述网络设备之间的第i个路径损耗相关的;i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数。S202: The terminal device sends the i-th first partial signal to the network device through the i-th uplink port among the N uplink ports, where the i-th first transmission power of the i-th first partial signal sent by the terminal device is Related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
在本申请实施例中,第i个上行端口可以为终端设备中的任一上行端口,第i个第一分信号为终端设备通过第i个上行端口发送的第一分信号,第i个第一发送功率为终端设备发送第i个第一分信号的发送功率,第i个路径损耗为第i个上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗。例如,若第i个上行端口为上行端口101U,则第i个第一分信号为终端设备10通过上行端口101U发送的分信号1U,第i个第一发送功率为终端设备10发送分信号1U的发送功率,第i个路径损耗为上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗。可以理解,本申请实施例中i的取值从1取至N,即针对N个上行端口中的每一个上行端口,终端设备皆执行S202。In the embodiment of the present application, the i-th uplink port may be any uplink port in the terminal device, and the i-th first sub-signal is the first sub-signal sent by the terminal device through the i-th uplink port. The first transmission power is the transmission power of the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal, and the i-th path loss is the path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device. For example, if the i-th uplink port is the
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以通过相同或不同的发送功率分别从N个上行端口发送第一上行信号的N个第一分信号。以图1为例,假设第一上行信号包括分信号1U、分信号2U、分信号3U和分 信号4U,其中,终端设备10通过上行端口101U发送分信号1U,通过上行端口102U发送分信号2U。若上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗和上行端口102U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗相同,则终端设备10发送分信号1U的发送功率与发送分信号2U发送功率可以相同;若上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗和上行端口102U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗不相同,则终端设备10发送分信号1U的发送功率与发送分信号2U发送功率可以不相同。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may respectively send the N first partial signals of the first uplink signal from the N uplink ports by using the same or different transmission power. Taking Figure 1 as an example, suppose the first uplink signal includes sub-signal 1U, sub-signal 2U, sub-signal 3U, and sub-signal 4U. Among them,
在一种可能的实现方式中,第i个第一发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关,第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个上行端口和网络设备之间的路径损耗估计值。例如在上例中,若上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗大于上行端口102U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗,则终端设备10发送分信号1U的发送功率大于发送分信号2U发送功率。采用上述方法,可以通过为上行端口分配不同的发送功率以弥补上行端口101U和上行端口102U与网络设备20之间路径损耗的差异对网络设备20侧接收结果的影响,使网络设备20对分信号1U和分信号2U的接收功率相同或相近。既可以使路径损耗较大的上行端口101U采用更大的发送功率,从而适应更高码率的MCS,有利于提高上行吞吐量,又可以节省路径损耗较小的上行端口102U的发送功率,在不降低MCS码率的前提下,有利于降低终端设备10的功耗。进一步地,在部分天线受手握或遮挡情况下,采用本方案的手持的终端设备能够降低受天线下行接收信号和上行发射信号的衰减影响。在S202中,第i个第一发送功率既可以由终端设备自行分配,也可以由网络设备为终端设备分配。接下来,以实施例一和实施例二为示例分别提供上述两种情况的可能的实现方式。In a possible implementation manner, the i-th first transmit power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the estimated path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device . For example, in the above example, if the path loss between the
实施例一Example one
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图之一,如图5所示,主要包括以下步骤:FIG. 5 is one of the schematic diagrams of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 5, it mainly includes the following steps:
S301:终端设备生成第一上行信号。该步骤的具体实现方式与S201类似,不再赘述。S301: The terminal device generates a first uplink signal. The specific implementation of this step is similar to that of S201, and will not be described again.
S302:终端设获取第i个路径损耗估计值,其中,第i个路径损耗估计值为上述第i个路径损耗的估计值。以图1为例,假设上行端口101U、上行端口102U、上行端口103U和上行端口104U用于发送第一上行信号,则终端设备10分别获取上行端口101U至104U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗估计值。S302: The terminal assumes that the i-th path loss estimate value is obtained, where the i-th path loss estimate value is the estimate value of the i-th path loss above. Taking Figure 1 as an example, assuming that the
对于终端设备10的一条天线,该天线对应的上行端口与网络设备20之间的上行信道,和该天线对应的下行端口与网络设备20之间的下行信道,具有相近的路径损耗,因此在本申请实施例中终端设备10可以根据对网络设备20发送的下行信号的接收情况估算4个上行端口分别与网络设备20之间的路径损耗,从而得到N个上行端口分别对应的路径损耗估计值。以图1中的上行端口101U为例,在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备10可以根据网络设备20发送下行信号的发送功率,以及,上行端口101U对应的下行端口,即下行端口101D对该下行信号的接收功率,获取上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗估计值。For an antenna of the
S303:终端设备根据第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率;其中,第i个第二发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关。在本申请实施例中,第i个第二发送功率指的是终端设备为第i个上行端口分配的第二发送功率。S303: The terminal device allocates the i-th second transmission power to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the i-th second transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value. In the embodiment of the present application, the i-th second transmit power refers to the second transmit power allocated by the terminal device to the i-th uplink port.
可以理解,终端设备为N个上行端口分配的第二发送功率,随上行端口对应的路径损耗的增大而增大。以图1为例,假设上行端口101U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗估计值为5dB,上行端口102U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗估计值为6dB,上行端口103U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗估计值为7dB,上行端口104U与网络设备20之间的路径损耗估计值为8dB。则,终端设备10为上行端口101U 至104U分配的第二发送功率依次增大。It can be understood that the second transmit power allocated by the terminal device to the N uplink ports increases with the increase of the path loss corresponding to the uplink port. Taking Figure 1 as an example, suppose that the estimated path loss between
进而,终端设备10可以根据分别为上行端口101U至104U分配的第二发送功率分别发送分信号1U至4U。在一种可能的实现方式中,如图5中S304所示,终端设备10在发送第i个第一分信号之前,还可以判断第i个第二发送功率是否大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率;若是,则执行S305,根据最大发送功率发送第i个分信号,即第i个上行端口的最大发送功率为第i个第一发送功率;若否,则执行S306,根据第i个第二发送功率发送第i个分信号,即第i个第二发送功率为第i个第一发送功率。采用上述方法,使得终端设备10中发送第i个分信号的发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率。Furthermore, the
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率与为第j个上行端口分配的第j个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率之间的分贝功率差值不大于预设的第一阈值,其中,第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率是根据第i个路径损耗估计值计算得到的,第j个第二发送功率是根据第j个路径损耗估计值计算得到的;j小于等于N且不等于i。第一阈值的取值可以根据通信系统的环境设置,通常取值较小,也就是说,终端设备为N个上行端口所分别分配的第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率相同或相近,从而使网络设备20可以以相同或相近的接收功率接收第一上行信号的N个第一分信号。In a possible implementation, the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power allocated by the terminal device to the i-th uplink port and the j-th second transmit power allocated to the j-th uplink port The decibel power difference between the received power is not greater than the preset first threshold, where the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated based on the i-th path loss estimate, and the j-th second The transmit power is calculated based on the j-th path loss estimate; j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i. The value of the first threshold can be set according to the environment of the communication system, usually a smaller value, that is, the estimated received power corresponding to the second transmission power allocated by the terminal equipment to the N uplink ports is the same or similar, so that The
在5GNR协议中,网络设备可以根据终端设备的业务类型、系统环境等多种因素为终端设备分配总发送功率,并通过第一功率信息,向终端设备指示为其分配的总发送功率,如图5中S307所示。通常,第一功率信息可以为发射功率功控(transmit power control,TPC)命令,TPC命令为2 bits,可以用来指示4个功率调整量中的任一个。功率调整量有累加型和绝对值型两种类型。对于累加型功率调整量,终端设备需要根据网络设备当前指示的功率调整量以及网络设备之前各次功控调整量的总和确定总发送功率。对于绝对值型功率调整量,终端设备可以根据网络设备当前指示的功控调整量确定总发送功率。In the 5GNR protocol, the network device can allocate the total transmission power to the terminal device according to various factors such as the service type of the terminal device and the system environment, and indicate the total transmission power allocated to the terminal device through the first power information, as shown in the figure S307 in 5 shows. Generally, the first power information may be a transmit power control (TPC) command, and the TPC command is 2 bits, which may be used to indicate any of the four power adjustments. There are two types of power adjustment: cumulative type and absolute value type. For the cumulative power adjustment, the terminal device needs to determine the total transmit power according to the power adjustment currently indicated by the network device and the sum of the previous power control adjustments of the network device. For the absolute power adjustment, the terminal device can determine the total transmission power according to the power control adjustment currently indicated by the network device.
TPC命令可以承载在物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)上的下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)中,网络设备通过TPC命令动态调整终端设备发送第一上行信号的总发送功率。The TPC command may be carried in the downlink control information (DCI) on the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the network device dynamically adjusts the total transmission power of the first uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the TPC command.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备调整终端设备PUSCH发送功率的TPC命令可以承载在PDCCH上的DCI格式0_0和DCI格式0_1中,也可以携带在DCI格式2_2中,即网络设备通过DCI格式2_2携带一组终端设备的TPC命令,调整一组终端设备的总发送功率。此外,网络设备调整终端设备发送SRS功率的TPC命令可以复用调整终端设备发送PUSCH信道功率的TPC命令,即网络设备联合功控终端设备发送SRS和PUSCH所承载的信号。网络设备也可使用独立于PUSCH的TPC命令调整终端设备发送SRS的总发送功率,例如,网络设备调整终端设备发送SRS的总发送功率的TPC命令可以承载在PDCCH信道上的DCI格式2_3中发送给终端设备。In the embodiment of this application, the TPC command for the network device to adjust the PUSCH transmission power of the terminal device can be carried in the DCI format 0_0 and DCI format 0_1 on the PDCCH, or can be carried in the DCI format 2_2, that is, the network device is carried in the DCI format 2_2 The TPC command of a group of terminal devices adjusts the total transmit power of a group of terminal devices. In addition, the TPC command used by the network device to adjust the power of the SRS transmitted by the terminal device can be multiplexed with the TPC command used to adjust the power of the PUSCH channel sent by the terminal device, that is, the network device cooperates with the power control terminal device to transmit the signals carried by the SRS and PUSCH. The network device can also use the TPC command independent of the PUSCH to adjust the total transmission power of the terminal device to send the SRS. For example, the TPC command for the network device to adjust the total transmission power of the SRS sent by the terminal device can be carried in DCI format 2_3 on the PDCCH channel and sent to Terminal Equipment.
若第一上行信号为承载于PUSCH信道的信号,则终端设备可以根据以下公式一确定网络设备为其分配的总发送功率:If the first uplink signal is a signal carried on the PUSCH channel, the terminal device can determine the total transmission power allocated to it by the network device according to the following formula 1:
P PUSCH,b,f,c(i,j,q d,l) P PUSCH,b,f,c (i,j,q d ,l)
其中,P PUSCH,b,f,c(i,j,q d,l)为网络设备为终端设备分配的发送第一上行信号的总发送功率;P CMAX,f,c(i)为终端设备的最大发送功率;P O_PUSCH,b,f,c(j)为网络设备的静态工作点; 为PUSCH的带宽对发送功率的影响量;α b,f,c(j)为路损补偿因子;PL b,f,c(q d)为终端设备与网络设备之间的下行路径损耗,对于具有多天线的终端设备,PL b,f,c(q d)可以为多个下行端口分别与网络设备之间的下行路径损耗的最小值;Δ TF,b,f,c(i)为码率对发送功率的影响量;f b,f,c(i,l)为网络设备通过TPC命令所指示的功率调整量。 Among them, P PUSCH, b, f, c (i, j, q d , l) is the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment for the terminal equipment to send the first uplink signal; P CMAX, f, c (i) is the terminal equipment The maximum transmit power of P O_PUSCH, b, f, c (j) is the static operating point of the network equipment; Is the influence of PUSCH bandwidth on transmit power; α b, f, c (j) is the path loss compensation factor; PL b, f, c (q d ) is the downlink path loss between terminal equipment and network equipment, for For terminal equipment with multiple antennas, PL b, f, c (q d ) can be the minimum value of the downlink path loss between multiple downlink ports and the network device; Δ TF, b, f, c (i) is the code The amount of influence of the transmission power rate; f b, f, c (i, l) is the power adjustment amount indicated by the network device through the TPC command.
与之类似的,若第一上行信号为SRS时,终端设备10可以根据以下公式二确定网络设备20为其分配的总发送功率:Similarly, if the first uplink signal is an SRS, the terminal device 10 can determine the total transmission power allocated to it by the network device 20 according to the following formula 2:
其中,P SRS,b,f,c(i,q s,l)为网络设备为终端设备分配的发送第一上行信号的总发送功率;P O_SRS,b,f,c(q s)为网络设备的静态工作点;10log 10(2 μ·M SRS,b,f,c(i)为SRS的带宽对发送功率的影响量;α SRS,b,f,c(q s)为路损补偿因子;PL b,f,c(q d)为终端设备与网络设备之间的下行路径损耗,对于具有多天线的终端设备,PL b,f,c(q d)可以为多个下行端口分别与网络设备之间的下行路径损耗的最小值;h b,f,c(i,l)为网络设备通过TPC命令所指示的功率调整量。 Among them, P SRS,b,f,c (i,q s ,l) is the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment for the terminal device to send the first uplink signal; P O_SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the network The static operating point of the equipment; 10log 10 (2 μ ·M SRS,b,f,c (i) is the influence of the bandwidth of the SRS on the transmission power; α SRS,b,f,c (q s ) is the path loss compensation Factor; PL b, f, c (q d ) is the downlink path loss between the terminal device and the network device. For a terminal device with multiple antennas, PL b, f, c (q d ) can be multiple downlink ports respectively The minimum value of the downlink path loss with the network device; h b, f, c (i, l) is the power adjustment amount indicated by the network device through the TPC command.
终端设备在根据第一信息获取网络设备为其分配的总发送功率后,便可以根据N个上行端口分别与网络设备之间的路径损耗估计值和总发送功率,为N个上行端口分别分配对应的第二发送功率,使得为N个上行端口分别的第二发送功率之和不大于总发送功率,从而符合通信协议所规定的总发送功率调整规则。After the terminal device obtains the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the network device according to the first information, it can allocate corresponding values to the N uplink ports according to the estimated path loss and the total transmit power between the N uplink ports and the network device. The second transmission power of the N uplink ports is such that the sum of the respective second transmission powers of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power, thereby conforming to the total transmission power adjustment rule specified by the communication protocol.
例如,终端设备可以根据如下公式三所示的分配规则为N个上行端口分别分配第二发送功率:For example, the terminal device may allocate the second transmission power to the N uplink ports according to the allocation rule shown in the following formula 3:
其中,P
i-1为第i个第二发送功率的分贝功率值,i=[1,N];
为P
i-1的线性功率值;
为总发送功率P
SUM的线性功率值,如上述公式一和公式二所计算获得的总发送功率为总发送功率的分贝功率值,因此终端设备在根据公式一或公式二获取总发送功率的分贝功率值后,还需要将分贝功率值转换为线性功率值;α为路损补偿因子,若第一上行信号为PUSCH信道所承载的信号,则α为上述α
b,f,c(j),若第一上行信号为SRS,则α为上述α
SRS,b,f,c(q
s)。
Wherein, Pi -1 is the decibel power value of the i-th second transmission power, i=[1, N]; Is the linear power value of Pi-1 ; Is the linear power value of the total transmission power P SUM . The total transmission power calculated as the
通过实施例一所提供的方法,终端设备可以通过估算N个上行端口分别与网络设备之间的路径损耗,并基于所估算的路径损耗为每个上行端口分配发送功率,使网络设备对第一上行信号的N个分信号具有相同或相近的接收功率,既可以提高路径损耗较大的上行端口发送功率,从而提高上行吞吐量,又可以降低路径损耗较小的上行端口的发送功率,从而在不降低MCS码率的前提下,降低终端设备的功耗。Through the method provided in the first embodiment, the terminal device can estimate the path loss between the N uplink ports and the network device respectively, and allocate transmit power to each uplink port based on the estimated path loss, so that the network device can The N sub-signals of the uplink signal have the same or similar received power, which can increase the transmit power of the uplink port with a larger path loss, thereby increasing the uplink throughput, and reduce the transmit power of the uplink port with a smaller path loss. Without reducing the MCS code rate, the power consumption of the terminal equipment is reduced.
实施例二Example two
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图之二,如图6所示,主要包括以下步骤:FIG. 6 is the second schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 6, it mainly includes the following steps:
S401:网络设备根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值。S401: The network device allocates a corresponding decibel power difference value to the first uplink port according to the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port.
其中,第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值用于指示第一上行端口的第三发送功率与参考端口的第三发送功率之间的分贝功率差值,第一上行端口为终端设备的N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的任一上行端口。也就是说,网络设备从终端设备的N个上行端口中确定一个上行端口作为参考端口,并依次确定N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的其它上行端口的第三发送功率相对于参考端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率差值。Among them, the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is used to indicate the decibel power difference between the third transmit power of the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port, and the first uplink port is the N number of terminal equipment Any one of the uplink ports except the reference port. In other words, the network device determines an uplink port from the N uplink ports of the terminal device as a reference port, and sequentially determines the third transmit power of the other uplink ports in the N uplink ports with respect to the reference port. Decibel power difference of the third transmit power.
在本申请实施例中,第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值与第一上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗正相关,也即,第一上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗越大,网络设备为第一上行端口分配的分贝功率差值越大,反之,则越小,从而为路径损耗较大的上行端口分配较大的发送功率,为路径损耗较小的上行端口分配较小的发送功率。In this embodiment of the application, the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device, that is, the greater the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device , The greater the difference in decibel power allocated by the network equipment to the first uplink port, the smaller is on the contrary, so that the uplink port with the larger path loss is allocated more transmit power, and the uplink port with the smaller path loss is allocated smaller Transmit power.
以图1为例,假设终端设备10中101U至104U用于发送第一上行信号,网络设备确定其中上行端口102U为参考端口,则网络设备20还会为上行端口101U、上行端口103U和上行端口104U分配对应的分贝功率差值。其中,上行端口101U对应的分贝功率差值为上行端口101U的第三发送功率与上行端口102U的第三发送功率之间的分贝功率差值,上行端口103U和上行端口104U分别对应的分贝功率差值与上行端口101U类似,不再赘述。Taking Figure 1 as an example, suppose 101U to 104U in the
在一种可能的实现方式,网络设备可以根据以下方式获得第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,如图6中S407所示,网络设备在为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值之前还可以接收终端设备发送的第二上行信号。在本申请实施例中,第二上行信号包括M个第二分信号,终端设备在发送第一上行信号之前,通过M个上行端口分别向网络设备发送了第二上行信号的M个第二分信号。其中,M大于等于N,且M个上行端口包括N个上行端口。In a possible implementation manner, the network device may obtain the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the following method, as shown in S407 in FIG. 6, before the network device allocates the corresponding decibel power difference for the first uplink port Receive the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the second uplink signal includes M second sub-signals. Before sending the first uplink signal, the terminal device sends the M second sub-signals of the second uplink signal to the network device through the M uplink ports. signal. Wherein, M is greater than or equal to N, and the M uplink ports include N uplink ports.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以根据第二上行信号获取第一上行端口对应的路径损耗。其中,路径损耗既可以是路径损耗估计值,也可以说等效路径损耗。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may obtain the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the second uplink signal. Among them, the path loss can be either the estimated value of the path loss or the equivalent path loss.
具体而言,在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备接收终端设备发送的第二上行信号之后,可以获取终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的发送功率,根据终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二分信号的发送功率,以及,对该第二分信号的接收功率估算第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,得到第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值。Specifically, in a possible implementation manner, after receiving the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device, the network device may obtain the transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port, according to The terminal device sends the transmission power of the second sub-signal through the first uplink port, and estimates the path loss corresponding to the first uplink port on the received power of the second sub-signal to obtain the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port.
例如,网络设备可以根据公式四所示规则获取第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值:For example, the network device can obtain the estimated path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the rule shown in formula 4:
PL p=P p-P p 0 (公式四) PL p =P p -P p 0 (Formula 4)
其中,PL p为第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,P p 0为网络设备对通过第一上行端口发送的第二分信号的接收功率,P p为终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二分信号的发送功率。 Among them, PL p is the estimated path loss value corresponding to the first uplink port, P p 0 is the received power of the network device to the second sub-signal sent through the first uplink port, and P p is the terminal device sending the first uplink port through the first uplink port. The transmit power of the bipartite signal.
以图1为例,假设网络设备20获取终端设备通过上行端口10发送第二分信号1u的发送功率为8dBm,网络设备接收第二分信号1u的接收功率为6dBm,则网络设备20可以得到上行端口101U对应的路径损耗估计值为2dB。Taking Fig. 1 as an example, suppose that the
在另一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备可以根据终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二分信号的发送功率,以及,接收到的第二分信号的信噪比,获取第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗;其中,第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗用于表征第一上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗,与网络设备接收到的噪声 信号的分贝功率之和。In another possible implementation manner, the network device may obtain the corresponding signal to the first uplink port according to the transmission power of the terminal device through the first uplink port of the second sub-signal and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal. The equivalent path loss; where the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port is used to characterize the path loss between the first uplink port and the network device, and the sum of the decibel power of the noise signal received by the network device.
例如,网络设备可以根据公式五所示规则获取第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗:For example, the network device can obtain the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the rule shown in formula 5:
PL p′=P p-R p (公式五) PL p ′=P p -R p (Equation 5)
其中,PL
p′为第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗,R
p为网络设备接收到的、通过第一上行端口发送的第二分信号的信噪比。可以理解,网络设备在接收第二分信号时,不可避免地还会接收一定的噪声信号,网络设备能否正确解码第二分信号,还与网络设备接收到的噪声信号的信号强度相关。在本申请实施例中,网络设备接收到的第二分信号的信噪比可以表示为网络设备接收到的第二分信号与噪声信号的分贝功率差值,结合公式四可以得到,等效路径损耗相当于路径损耗与噪声信号的分贝功率之和。
Among them, PL p ′ is the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port, and R p is the signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent through the first uplink port. It can be understood that when the network device receives the second sub-signal, it will inevitably receive a certain noise signal. Whether the network device can correctly decode the second sub-signal is also related to the signal strength of the noise signal received by the network device. In the embodiment of the present application, the signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal received by the network device can be expressed as the decibel power difference between the second sub-signal received by the network device and the noise signal, which can be obtained by combining
此外,网络设备还可以根据M个第二分信号估算分别与M个上行端口之间的路径损耗,并根据分别与M个上行端口之间的路径损耗确定终端设备中用于发送第一上行信号的上行端口。以图1为例,假设终端设备10通过上行端口101U至104U向网络设备20发送了4个第二分信号,网络设备20确定与上行端口103U之间的路径损耗过大,则网络设备20确定上行端口101U、上行端口102U和上行端口104U为接下来用于发送第一上行信号的上行端口,并指示终端设备10。In addition, the network device can also estimate the path loss between each of the M uplink ports according to the M second sub-signals, and determine that the terminal device is used to send the first uplink signal according to the path loss between each of the M uplink ports. The uplink port. Taking Figure 1 as an example, suppose that the
S402:网络设备向终端设备发送参考端口的参考端口标识,以及第二功率信息;其中,第二功率信息用于指示第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。S402: The network device sends the reference port identifier of the reference port and the second power information to the terminal device; where the second power information is used to indicate the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
在本申请实施例中,第二功率信息可以通过无线资源控制层(radio resource control,RRC)信令、或MAC CE、或DCI信令下发,也可以随TPC命令一同下发。在一种可能的实现方式中,若第一上行信号的第二功率信息与第二上行信号的第二功率信息之间相差不大,则网络设备可以不执行S402,终端设备可以根据第二上行信号的第二功率信息发送第一上行信号,从而减少空口信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the second power information can be delivered through radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, or MAC CE, or DCI signaling, or can be delivered along with the TPC command. In a possible implementation, if there is not much difference between the second power information of the first uplink signal and the second power information of the second uplink signal, the network device may not perform S402, and the terminal device may perform S402 according to the second uplink signal. The second power information of the signal sends the first uplink signal, thereby reducing air interface signaling overhead.
由于网络设备可以获取第二分信号的准确的接收情况,由网络设备进行功控的精度更高;而且,相比于现有无线通信协议,网络设备仅需增加发送第二功率信息的信令,因此对现有的空口信令的修改较小。Since the network device can obtain the accurate reception of the second sub-signal, the power control performed by the network device has a higher accuracy; and compared with the existing wireless communication protocol, the network device only needs to increase the signaling for sending the second power information , So the modification to the existing air interface signaling is minor.
S403:终端设备根据第二功率信息分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率。其中,第一上行端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率为第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,与参考端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率之和。S403: The terminal device obtains the third transmit power of the N uplink ports respectively according to the second power information. Wherein, the decibel power of the third transmission power of the first uplink port is the sum of the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port and the third transmission power of the reference port.
例如,图1中上行端口102U为参考端口,第三发送功率为10dBm,第二功率信息中上行端口101U对应的分贝功率差值为2dB,则上行端口101U的第三发送功率为12dBm。For example, the
在一种可能的实现方式中,如图6中S402所示,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第一功率信息,以向终端设备指示为终端设备分配的总发送功率。终端设备可以根据第一功率信息得到总发送功率,具体实现可以参考实施例一,对此不再赘述。In a possible implementation manner, as shown in S402 in FIG. 6, the network device may also send the first power information to the terminal device to indicate to the terminal device the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device. The terminal device can obtain the total transmission power according to the first power information. For specific implementation, refer to
进而,终端设备可以根据总发送功率和第二功率信息,分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率。Furthermore, the terminal device may obtain the third transmission power of the N uplink ports respectively according to the total transmission power and the second power information.
在一种可能的实现方式中,N个上行端口的第三发送功率之和不大于总发送功率。例如,终端设备可以根据如下公式六分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率:In a possible implementation manner, the sum of the third transmission power of the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmission power. For example, the terminal device may obtain the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the following formula 6:
其中,P′ i-1为第i个第三发送功率的分贝功率值,i=[1,N]; 为P′ i-1的线性功率值,P a为参考端口的第三发送功率,P n′为N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的其它任一上行端口的第三发送功率,ΔPL n为上行端口n对应的分贝功率差值。 Where P′ i-1 is the decibel power value of the i-th third transmission power, i=[1, N]; Is the linear power value of P′ i-1 , P a is the third transmit power of the reference port, P n ′ is the third transmit power of any uplink port except the reference port among the N uplink ports, ΔPL n Is the decibel power difference corresponding to the uplink port n.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备可以根据总发送功率得到参考端口的第三发送功率,继而根据第二功率信息得到其它上行端口的第三发送功率。例如,终端设备也可以根据如下公式七分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率:In another possible implementation manner, the terminal device may obtain the third transmission power of the reference port according to the total transmission power, and then obtain the third transmission power of other uplink ports according to the second power information. For example, the terminal device may also obtain the third transmit power of the N uplink ports according to the following formula 7:
其中,第一个等式用于表示参考端口的第三发送功率为总发送功率在N个上行端口中的平均值。终端设备可以根据第一个等式和总发送功率确定参考端口的第三发送功率,再根据第二个等式分别确定N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的N-1个上行端口的第三发送功率。Among them, the first equation is used to indicate that the third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power among N uplink ports. The terminal device can determine the third transmit power of the reference port according to the first equation and the total transmit power, and then determine the third transmit power of the N-1 uplink ports among the N uplink ports except the reference port according to the second equation. Three transmission power.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,如图6中S402所示,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第三功率信息,以向终端设备指示参考端口的第三功率信息。例如,网络设备根据为终端设备分配的总发送功率在N个上行端口中的均值,得到参考端口的第三发送功率,并向终端设备发送第三功率信息。In another possible implementation manner, as shown in S402 in FIG. 6, the network device may also send third power information to the terminal device to indicate the third power information of the reference port to the terminal device. For example, the network device obtains the third transmission power of the reference port according to the average value of the total transmission power allocated to the terminal device in the N uplink ports, and sends the third power information to the terminal device.
终端设备接收第三功率信息,根据第三功率信息得到参考端口的第三发送功率。在本申请实施例中,第三功率信息与第一功率信息类似的,也可以是通过TPC命令指示的功率调整量,终端设备可以基于与上述获取总发送功率类似的过程得到参考端口的第三发送功率,对此不再赘述。The terminal device receives the third power information, and obtains the third transmit power of the reference port according to the third power information. In the embodiment of the present application, the third power information is similar to the first power information, and it can also be the power adjustment amount indicated by the TPC command. The terminal device can obtain the third power of the reference port based on the process similar to the above-mentioned obtaining the total transmit power. Transmission power, this will not be repeated here.
终端设备继而可以根据参考端口的第三发送功率和上述第二功率信息,获取N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的N-1个上行端口的第三发送功率。The terminal device can then obtain the third transmission power of the N-1 uplink ports except the reference port among the N uplink ports according to the third transmission power of the reference port and the foregoing second power information.
终端设备得到N个上行端口分别对应的第三发送功率后,在一种可能的实现方式中,可以根据第三发送功率分别发送N个第一分信号,在另一种可能的实现方式中,如图6中S404所示,终端设备判断第i个上行端口的第i个第三发送功率是否大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率。若是,则执行S405,根据第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号;若否,则执行S406,根据第i个第三发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号。以确保终端设备发送第i个第一分信号的功率不会超过第i个上行端口的最大发送功率。After the terminal device obtains the third transmission powers respectively corresponding to the N uplink ports, in a possible implementation manner, the N first sub-signals can be respectively transmitted according to the third transmission power. In another possible implementation manner, As shown in S404 in FIG. 6, the terminal device determines whether the i-th third transmit power of the i-th uplink port is greater than the maximum transmit power of the i-th uplink port. If yes, execute S405 to send the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmit power of the i-th uplink port; if not, execute S406 to send the i-th first sub-signal according to the i-th third transmission power . To ensure that the power of the terminal device sending the i-th first sub-signal does not exceed the maximum sending power of the i-th uplink port.
在本申请实施例所提供的两种计算路径损耗的实现方式中,网络设备可以通过如下方式获取终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二分信号的发送功率:In the two implementation manners for calculating the path loss provided by the embodiments of the present application, the network device can obtain the transmission power of the second sub-signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port in the following manner:
如图4中S407所示,终端设备还可以向网络设备发送功率余量信息,该功率余量信息用于指示终端设备的功率余量(power headroom,PH)。其中,功率余量信息既可以携带于第二上行信号之中,也可以由终端设备通过其它上行信号上报,本申请实施例对此并不多做限定。As shown in S407 in FIG. 4, the terminal device may also send power headroom information to the network device, where the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom (PH) of the terminal device. Wherein, the power headroom information may be carried in the second uplink signal, or may be reported by the terminal device through other uplink signals, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
通常,功率余量信息可以是功率余量报告(power headroom report,PHR)。终端设备可以在PUSCH信道的PHR MAC(medium access control,媒体接入控制)CE(control element,控制元素)中向网络设备上报终端设备的功率余量。Generally, the power headroom information may be a power headroom report (PHR). The terminal device can report the power headroom of the terminal device to the network device in the PHR MAC (medium access control) CE (control element, control element) of the PUSCH channel.
网络设备可以根据终端设备上报的功率余量确定当前终端设备的发射功率相对于终端设备的最大发射功率的还有多少功率剩余,进而便可以确定终端设备发送第二上行信号的总实际发送功率。The network device can determine the current transmit power of the terminal device relative to the maximum transmit power of the terminal device according to the power headroom reported by the terminal device to determine how much power remains, and then determine the total actual transmit power of the terminal device to send the second uplink signal.
进而,网络设备可以根据总实际发送功率获取终端设备发送M个第二分信号的M个第四发送功率;其中,M个第四发送功率之和为该总实际发送功率。具体而言,终端设备发送M个第二分信号的发送功率也是受网络设备控制的,如S402和S403所示,网络设备可以通过第二功率信息指示终端设备发送N个第一分信号的发送功率,基于此,网络设备也可以获取用于指示M个第二分信号发送功率的第二功率信息(以下简称第二上行信号的第二功率信息),并结合上述总实际发送功率得到终端设备发送M个第二分信号的发送功率。Furthermore, the network device may obtain the M fourth transmission powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device according to the total actual transmission power; wherein the sum of the M fourth transmission powers is the total actual transmission power. Specifically, the transmission power of the terminal device for sending the M second sub-signals is also controlled by the network device. As shown in S402 and S403, the network device can instruct the terminal device to send the N first sub-signals through the second power information. Based on this, the network device can also obtain second power information (hereinafter referred to as the second power information of the second uplink signal) used to indicate the transmission power of the M second sub-signals, and combine the above-mentioned total actual transmission power to obtain the terminal equipment The transmit power of M second sub-signals.
实施例一和实施例二皆从路径损耗的角度为终端设备的N个上行端口分别分配发送功率,使网络 设备对第一上行信号的N个第一分信号具有相同或相近的接收功率。此外,本申请实施例还提供另外一种上行信号传输方法,网络设备可以根据接收到的第二上行信号的N个分信号的信号质量调整终端设备发送N个第一分信号的发送功率,例如接下来的实施例三所示。The first and second embodiments both allocate transmission power to the N uplink ports of the terminal device from the perspective of path loss, so that the network device has the same or similar received power for the N first partial signals of the first uplink signal. In addition, the embodiment of the present application also provides another uplink signal transmission method. The network device can adjust the transmission power of the N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device according to the received signal quality of the N sub-signals of the second uplink signal, for example The following example three is shown.
实施例三Example three
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种可能的上行信号传输流程示意图之三,如图7所示,主要包括以下步骤:FIG. 7 is the third schematic diagram of a possible uplink signal transmission process provided by an embodiment of this application. As shown in FIG. 7, it mainly includes the following steps:
S501:网络设备接收终端设备发送的第二上行信号。具体实现参见实施例二,在此不再赘述。S501: The network device receives the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device. For specific implementation, refer to Embodiment 2, which will not be repeated here.
S502:网络设备根据接收到的第二上行信号的N个第二分信号,获取N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数。其中,第i个质量参数为网络设备接收到的、终端设备通过第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的质量参数。S502: The network device obtains quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports according to the received N second partial signals of the second uplink signal. Wherein, the i-th quality parameter is the quality parameter of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the terminal device through the i-th uplink port.
在本申请实施例中,质量参数为用于指示信号质量的参数。例如,第i个质量参数可以包括网络设备对第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的接收功率,也可以包括网络设备接收到的终端设备通过第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信噪比。为例便于表述,接下来以接收功率为例进行说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the quality parameter is a parameter used to indicate signal quality. For example, the i-th quality parameter may include the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the network device to the i-th uplink port, and may also include the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the terminal device through the i-th uplink port. Signal-to-noise ratio. As an example, it is convenient to describe, and the following takes the received power as an example for description.
S503:网络设备根据第i个质量参数,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量。S503: The network device allocates the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter.
应理解,本申请实施例中功率调整量既可以是正值,即增加发送功率,也可以是负值,即降低发送功率。在本申请实施例中,第i个功率调整量与网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量负相关。也就是说,网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量越差,网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量越大,反之,网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量越好,网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量越小。It should be understood that the power adjustment amount in the embodiment of the present application can be either a positive value, that is, increasing the transmission power, or a negative value, that is, reducing the transmission power. In the embodiment of the present application, the i-th power adjustment amount is negatively related to the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port. In other words, the worse the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port, the greater the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port. On the contrary, the network device The better the signal quality of the second sub-signal received and sent by the i-th uplink port is, the smaller the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port.
如图7中S501所示,终端设备还会向网络设备发送功率余量信息。在实施例三中,终端设备向网络设备发送的功率余量信息包括第i个上行端口的功率余量。网络设备在接收终端设备上报的功率余量信息后,可以根据第i个质量参数以及第i个上行端口的功率余量,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量,其中,第i个功率调整量不大于第i个上行端口的功率余量。As shown in S501 in FIG. 7, the terminal device also sends power headroom information to the network device. In the third embodiment, the power headroom information sent by the terminal device to the network device includes the power headroom of the i-th uplink port. After receiving the power headroom information reported by the terminal equipment, the network device can allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port. The power adjustment amount is not greater than the power headroom of the i-th uplink port.
具体而言,第i个上行端口的功率余量可以按如下公式八所示:Specifically, the power headroom of the i-th uplink port can be represented by the following formula 8:
PH i=P i,CMAX-P i (公式八) PH i =P i, CMAX -P i (Formula 8)
其中,PH i为第i个上行端口的功率余量,P i,CMAX为第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,P i为终端设备通过第i个上行端口发送第二分信号的发送功率。在第二上行信号为PUSCH信道承载的信号时,PH i为类型1(type1),在第二上行信号为SRS时,PH i为类型3(type3)。 Among them, PH i is the power headroom of the i-th uplink port, P i, CMAX are the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, and P i is the transmission power of the terminal device to send the second sub-signal through the i-th uplink port. When the second uplink signal is a signal carried by the PUSCH channel, PH i is type 1 (type 1), and when the second uplink signal is an SRS, PH i is type 3 (type 3).
以图1为例,在一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备10向网络设备20发送的功率余量信息可以如图8a和图8b所示,其中,图8a为第二上行信号为PUSCH信道承载的信号时终端设备10上报的功率余量信息,图8b为第二上行信号为SRS时终端设备10上报的功率余量信息。其中,R为保留字段。如图8a和图8b所示,功率余量信息中包括终端设备中各上行端口的功率余量,每个功率余量占据6个比特位。如图8a中PH
1
type1至PH
4
type1,以及图8b中PH
1
type3至PH
4t
ype3。此外,如图8a和图8b所示,功率余量信息中还可以包括上行端口101U至104U的最大发送功率,分别为P
1,CMAX、P
2,CMAX、P
3,CMAX和P
4,CMAX。在功率余量信息中,上行端口的功率余量按照默认顺序排列,例如,图8a和图8b中按照端口标识由小至大的顺序排列,使得网络设备可以区分不同的功率余量所对应的上行端口。
Taking Figure 1 as an example, in a possible implementation manner, the power headroom information sent by the
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端设备10向网络设备20发送的功率余量信息还可以如图8c和图8d所示,其中,图8c为第二上行信号为PUSCH信道承载的信号时终端设备10上报的功率余量信息, 图8d为第二上行信号为SRS时终端设备10上报的功率余量信息。在图8c和图8d所示的功率余量信息中,只上报参考端口的功率余量和最大发送功率,其它上行端口的功率余量和最大发送功率以差分的形式上报。如图8c中,参考端口为上行端口101U,差分PH
2
type3表示上行端口102U的功率余量与上行端口101U的功率余量PH
1
type3之间的差值,差分P
2,CMAX表示上行端口102U的最大发送功率与上行端口101U的最大发送功率P
1,CMAX之间的差值。其它上行端口与之类似,不再赘述。网络设备可以在参考端口的功率余量和最大发送功率的基础上,得到其它上行端口的功率余量和最大发送功率。对比图8a和图8c可见,采用差分的方式可以缩短占用的信令资源。
In another possible implementation manner, the power headroom information sent by the
在本申请实施例中,终端设备所上报的功率余量信息中,参考端口可以是第二上行信号的第二功率信息中的参考端口,例如,第二上行信号的第二功率信息中,参考端口为上行端口101U,则终端设备10接下来上报的功率余量信息中参考端口为上行端口101U。In the embodiment of the present application, in the power headroom information reported by the terminal device, the reference port may be the reference port in the second power information of the second uplink signal, for example, in the second power information of the second uplink signal, the reference port The port is the
在另一种可能的实现方式中,报功率余量信息时也可以仅包括参考端口的功率余量,网络设备可以根据第二上行信号的第二功率信息得到其它各上行端口的PH。例如,在功率余量信息中参考端口为上行端口102U,上行端口102U发送第二分信号时的功率余量为6dB,在第二上行信号的第二功率信息中,参考端口仍为上行端口102U,上行端口103U对应的分贝功率差值为4dB,而上行端口102U和103U的最大发送功率相同,则可以确定上行端口103U的功率余量为6dB-4dB=2dB。可以理解,功率余量信息中的参考端口也可以是其它默认上行端口,网络设备仍可以根据第二上行信号的第二功率信息计算得到每个上行端口的功率余量。In another possible implementation manner, the power headroom information may also only include the power headroom of the reference port, and the network device may obtain the PH of each other uplink port according to the second power information of the second uplink signal. For example, in the power headroom information, the reference port is the
此外,功率余量信息中也可以只包括N个上行端口的功率余量中的最小值,网络设备为N个上行端口分配的功率调整量皆不可大于该最小值。这样既可以降低对信令资源的占用,也可以避免网络设备为上行端口分配的功率调整量超过上行端口的功率余量。In addition, the power headroom information may also include only the minimum value of the power headrooms of the N uplink ports, and the power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports cannot be greater than the minimum value. In this way, the occupation of signaling resources can be reduced, and the power adjustment amount allocated to the uplink port by the network device can be prevented from exceeding the power headroom of the uplink port.
S504:网络设备向终端设备发送第五功率信息。S504: The network device sends fifth power information to the terminal device.
其中,第五功率信息用于指示网络设备分别为N个上行端口分配的功率调整量。在本申请实施例中,第五功率信息可以为TPC命令,网络设备可以通过对已有的DCI0_0、DCI0_1、DCI2_2和DCI2_3中的TPC命令格式进行扩展,也可定义新的DCI格式,新的DCI格式中包含为各上行端口分配的TPC命令。Wherein, the fifth power information is used to indicate the power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the N uplink ports respectively. In the embodiment of this application, the fifth power information may be a TPC command, and the network device may extend the TPC command format in the existing DCI0_0, DCI0_1, DCI2_2, and DCI2_3, and may also define a new DCI format, a new DCI The format contains the TPC commands allocated for each uplink port.
S505:终端设备接收网络设备发送的第五功率信息,根据第五功率信息获取网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量,并根据第i个功率调整量调整第i个上行端口的第i个发送功率。S505: The terminal device receives the fifth power information sent by the network device, obtains the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and adjusts the i-th uplink according to the i-th power adjustment amount The i-th transmit power of the port.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以按照与公式一和公式二所示规则得到第i个发送功率。与获取PUSCH的总发送功率的区别在于,P
CMAX,f,c(i)变为第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,PL
b,f,c(q
d)为第i个上行端口与网络设备之间的路径损耗,f
b,f,c(i,l)为网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的功率调整量。与获取SRS的总发送功率的区别与上述区别类似,不再赘述。
In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device can obtain the i-th transmit power according to the rules shown in
在一种可能的实现方式中,网络设备在执行S504之前,还可以根据N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数,构建一个或多个端口集合;任一端口集合中可以包括一个或多个上行端口,若端口集合中包含多个上行端口,则该端口集合中任意两个上行端口分别对应的质量参数之间的差值不大于预设的第二阈值。以图1为例,若网络设备20接收到的上行端口101U发送的第二分信号的质量参数与接收到的上行端口102U发送的第二分信号的质量参数相同或相近,则可以将上行端口101U和上行端口102U划分入同一端口集合,假设为集合1。以及,网络设备20向终端设备10发送端口集合信息,端口集合信息包括集合1的集合标识以及集合1中包括的上行端口的端口标识,如上行端口101U的端口标识和上行端口102U的端口标识。In a possible implementation manner, before performing S504, the network device may also construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; any port set may include one or more uplink ports If the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the preset second threshold. Taking Figure 1 as an example, if the quality parameter of the second sub-signal sent by the
基于此,网络设备可以以集合1为单位分配功率调整量,即为集合1分配功率调整量,该功率调整量可以作为集合1中上行端口101U的功率调整量和上行端口102U的功率调整量。网络设备向终端设备发送的第五功率信息中可以包括集合1的集合标识以及与为集合1分配的功率调整量。终端设备在执行S505时,可以确定端口集合信息中集合标识对应的一个或多个上行端口,如上述上行端口101U和上行端口102U。根据第五功率信息中集合标识对应的功率调整量调整上述一个或多个上行端口的发送功率,也就是说,终端设备10按照集合1对应的功率调整量调整上行端口101U和上行端口102U的发送功率。Based on this, the network device can allocate the power adjustment amount in the unit of
采用上述方法,可以在上行端口较多时减少上下行信令开销。例如,终端设备10具有4个上行端口,但是作为智能手机的终端设备10,其上行端口只有被覆盖和未被覆盖两种状态,合理设置第二阈值,便可以将被覆盖的上行端口分为一组,未被覆盖的上行端口分为一组,对两组分别进行功控。By adopting the above method, the overhead of uplink and downlink signaling can be reduced when there are many uplink ports. For example, the
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可通过PDCCH信道向终端设备发送端口集合信息,也可通过RRC信令或MAC CE向终端设备发送端口集合信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may send the port set information to the terminal device through the PDCCH channel, and may also send the port set information to the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE.
通过PDCCH信道发送端口集合信息时,可采用如下DCI格式,或在已有的DCI格式中增加以下字段:When sending port set information through the PDCCH channel, the following DCI format can be used, or the following fields can be added to the existing DCI format:
TPC-group SEQUENCE(SIZE(nrOfTxPort))OF TPC-groupID OPTIONAL;TPC-group SEQUENCE(SIZE(nrOfTxPort)) OF TPC-groupID OPTIONAL;
通过RRC信令发送端口集合信息时,可以在RRC重配置消息中增加以下信元:When sending port set information through RRC signaling, the following information elements can be added to the RRC reconfiguration message:
TPC-group SEQUENCE(SIZE(nrOfTxPort))OF TPC-groupID OPTIONAL;TPC-group SEQUENCE(SIZE(nrOfTxPort)) OF TPC-groupID OPTIONAL;
其中,TPC-group为端口集合信息,在TPC-group中包括了nrOfTxPort个元素,其中,nrOfTxPort表示用于发送第一上行信号的上行端口数量,对应的上行端口标识为0…nrOfTxPort-1,在本申请实施例中nrOfTxPort取值可以为N。TPC-groupID为端口标识对应的端口集合标识,取值为0~maxNrOfTPCGroup-1,maxNrOfTPCGroup表示最大端口集合数量。OPTIONAL表示该信元是可选的,网络设备可以发送该信元,以通过端口集合的形式调整上行端口的发送功率,也可以不发送该信元,表示不通过端口集合的形式调整上行端口的发送功率。Among them, TPC-group is port set information, which includes nrOfTxPort elements, where nrOfTxPort represents the number of uplink ports used to send the first uplink signal, and the corresponding uplink port identifiers are 0...nrOfTxPort-1. The value of nrOfTxPort in this embodiment of the application can be N. TPC-groupID is the port collection ID corresponding to the port ID, with a value ranging from 0 to maxNrOfTPCGroup-1, and maxNrOfTPCGroup represents the maximum number of port collections. OPTIONAL indicates that the cell is optional, and the network device can send the cell to adjust the transmit power of the uplink port in the form of port aggregation, or not to send the cell, which means that the uplink port is not adjusted in the form of port aggregation. Transmission power.
举例说明,假设上行端口101U和102U属于端口集合1,上行端口103U和104U属于端口集合2,则TPC-group可以为0011,其中,“0”为端口集合1的集合标识,“1”位端口集合2的集合标识。又例如,假设上行端口101U、102U和104U属于集合1,上行端口103U属于集合2,则TPC-group可以为0010。For example, suppose that the
通过MAC CE发送端口集合信息时,可以设置一新的MAC CE。以下以nrOfTxPort等于4,并且maxNrOfTPCGroup等于4为例,给出了一种MAC CE可采用的格式形式。图9中,TPC-groupIDi表示端口i所属的的端口集合的集合标识。oct1表示1个8bit构成的位。以假设上行端口101U和102U属于集合1,上行端口103U和104U属于集合2为例,则图9中TPC-groupID1和TPC-groupID2取值为0(集合1的端口集合标识),TPC-groupID3和TPC-groupID4取值为1(集合2的端口集合标识)。When sending port collection information through MAC CE, a new MAC CE can be set. Taking nrOfTxPort equal to 4 and maxNrOfTPCGroup equal to 4 as an example below, a format that can be adopted by MAC CE is given. In FIG. 9, TPC-groupIDi represents the set identifier of the port set to which port i belongs. oct1 represents a bit composed of 8 bits. Taking the assumption that the
S506:终端设备根据调整后的第i个发送功率,发送第一上行信号的第i个第一分信号;所述第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号。具体示例与实施例一和实施例二类似,对此不再赘述。S506: The terminal device sends the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal according to the adjusted i-th transmit power; the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals. The specific example is similar to the first embodiment and the second embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
采用实施例三提供的方法,网络设备通过对终端设备不同端口/端口集合进行独立功控,使接收N个第一分信号的接收功率平衡,从而提高上行吞吐量,降低终端设备功耗。而且,由于网络设备具备对第二分信号接收情况的完备信息,由网络设备进行功控精度更高。特别是在FDD频段,由于上下行互易性不理想,由网络设备进行功控具有更显著的精度优势。Using the method provided in the third embodiment, the network device performs independent power control on different ports/port sets of the terminal device to balance the received power of the N first sub-signals, thereby increasing the uplink throughput and reducing the power consumption of the terminal device. Moreover, since the network device has complete information on the reception of the second sub-signal, the power control performed by the network device has a higher precision. Especially in the FDD frequency band, due to the unsatisfactory uplink and downlink reciprocity, power control by network equipment has a more significant accuracy advantage.
上述主要从网络设备和终端设备之间交互的角度对本申请提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是, 为了实现上述功能,网络设备或终端设备可以包括执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solution provided in this application from the perspective of interaction between network equipment and terminal equipment. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the network device or the terminal device may include a hardware structure and/or software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present invention can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered as going beyond the scope of the present invention.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图10示出了本申请实施例中所涉及的装置的可能的示例性框图,该装置800可以以软件的形式存在。装置800可以包括:处理单元802和通信单元803。处理单元1002用于对装置800的动作进行控制管理。通信单元803用于支持装置800与其它网络实体的通信。装置800还可以包括存储单元801,用于存储装置800的程序代码和数据。In the case of an integrated unit, FIG. 10 shows a possible exemplary block diagram of a device involved in an embodiment of the present application, and the device 800 may exist in the form of software. The apparatus 800 may include: a processing unit 802 and a communication unit 803. The processing unit 1002 is used to control and manage the actions of the device 800. The communication unit 803 is used to support communication between the device 800 and other network entities. The device 800 may further include a storage unit 801 for storing program codes and data of the device 800.
其中,处理单元802可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器,数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP),专用集成电路(application specificintegrated circuits,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本发明公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。所述处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包括一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信单元803可以是通信接口、收发器或收发电路等,其中,该通信接口是统称,在具体实现中,该通信接口可以包括多个接口。存储单元801可以是存储器。The processing unit 802 may be a processor or a controller, for example, a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor, digital signal processing (digital signal processing, DSP), and application specific integrated circuits (application specific integrated circuits). , ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components or any combination thereof. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present invention. The processor may also be a combination for realizing computing functions, for example, including a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, and so on. The communication unit 803 may be a communication interface, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term. In a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces. The storage unit 801 may be a memory.
该装置800可以为上述任一实施例中的终端设备、或者还可以为设置在终端设备中的半导体芯片。处理单元802可以支持装置800执行上文中各方法示例中终端设备的动作,通信单元803可以支持装置800与网络设备之间的通信。The apparatus 800 may be the terminal device in any of the above embodiments, or may also be a semiconductor chip provided in the terminal device. The processing unit 802 may support the apparatus 800 to perform the actions of the terminal device in the foregoing method examples, and the communication unit 803 may support the communication between the apparatus 800 and the network device.
一个具体的实施例中,处理单元802用于生成第一上行信号,其中,第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号;通信单元803用于通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向网络设备发送第i个第一分信号。在本申请实施例中,通信单元803发送第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率,是与第i个上行端口与网络设备之间的第i个路径损耗相关的,其中,i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数。In a specific embodiment, the processing unit 802 is configured to generate a first uplink signal, where the first uplink signal includes N first sub-signals; the communication unit 803 is configured to communicate to the i-th uplink port through the N uplink ports The network device sends the i-th first partial signal. In the embodiment of the present application, the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal sent by the communication unit 803 is related to the i-th path loss between the i-th uplink port and the network device, where: i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1.
在一种可能的设计中,第i个第一发送功率还与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关,该第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个路径损耗的估计值。In a possible design, the i-th first transmission power is also positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimate, and the i-th path loss estimate is the estimate of the i-th path loss.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802还可以用于获取第i个路径损耗估计值,其中,第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个路径损耗的估计值,根据第i个路径损耗估计值为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率,并根据第i个第二发送功率,确定第i个第一发送功率。在本申请实施例中,第i个第二发送功率与第i个路径损耗估计值正相关。In a possible design, the processing unit 802 may also be used to obtain the i-th path loss estimate, where the i-th path loss estimate is the estimate of the i-th path loss, and the i-th path loss estimate is The value of the i-th uplink port is assigned the i-th second transmission power, and the i-th first transmission power is determined according to the i-th second transmission power. In the embodiment of the present application, the i-th second transmission power is positively correlated with the i-th path loss estimation value.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802在获取第i个路径损耗估计值时,可以根据网络设备发送下行信号的发送功率,以及,第i个上行端口对应的下行端口对下行信号的接收功率,获取第i个路径损耗估计值;其中,第i个上行端口对应的下行端口与第i个上行端口属于同一天线端口。In a possible design, when the processing unit 802 obtains the i-th path loss estimation value, it can be based on the transmission power of the downlink signal sent by the network device, and the received power of the downlink signal corresponding to the i-th uplink port. , Obtain the i-th path loss estimation value; wherein, the downlink port corresponding to the i-th uplink port and the i-th uplink port belong to the same antenna port.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于接收网络设备发送的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于指示网络设备为装置800分配的总发送功率;处理单元802在为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率时,可以根据第一功率信息获取网络设备为装置800分配的总发送功率,并根据第i个路径损耗估计值和上述总发送功率,为第i个上行端口分配第i个第二发送功率。在本申请实施例中,处理单元802为N个上行端口分别分配的第二发送功率之和不大于总发送功率。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive first power information sent by the network device, and the first power information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the apparatus 800; When i uplink ports are allocated the i-th second transmit power, the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the device 800 can be obtained according to the first power information, and the i-th path loss estimate and the above-mentioned total transmit power can be obtained according to the first power information. Each uplink port is allocated the i-th second transmit power. In this embodiment of the application, the sum of the second transmit power allocated by the processing unit 802 to the N uplink ports is not greater than the total transmit power.
在一种可能的设计中,第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率与第j个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率之间的分贝功率差值不大于预设的第一阈值;其中,第i个第二发送功率对应的估算接收功率 是处理单元802根据第i个路径损耗估计值计算得到的,第j个第二发送功率是处理单元802根据第j个路径损耗估计值计算得到的,j小于等于N且不等于i。In a possible design, the power difference in decibels between the estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power and the estimated received power corresponding to the j-th second transmit power is not greater than the preset first threshold; where , The estimated received power corresponding to the i-th second transmit power is calculated by the processing unit 802 according to the i-th path loss estimate, and the j-th second transmit power is calculated by the processing unit 802 according to the j-th path loss estimate Yes, j is less than or equal to N and not equal to i.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802若确定第i个第二发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则控制通信单元803根据第i个第二发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号;若确定第i个第二发送功率大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则控制通信单元803根据第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送该第i个第一分信号。In a possible design, if the processing unit 802 determines that the i-th second transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, it controls the communication unit 803 to transmit the i-th second transmission power according to the i-th second transmission power. The first sub-signal; if it is determined that the i-th second transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the control communication unit 803 transmits the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port .
在一种可能的设计中,第i个第二发送功率是处理单元802根据以下公式确定的:In a possible design, the i-th second transmit power is determined by the processing unit 802 according to the following formula:
其中,P i-1为第i个第二发送功率的分贝功率值,i=[1,N]; 为P i-1的线性功率值; 为总发送功率P SUM的线性功率值;α为路损补偿因子;PL i-1为第i个路径损耗。 Wherein, Pi -1 is the decibel power value of the i-th second transmission power, i=[1, N]; Is the linear power value of Pi-1 ; Is the linear power value of the total transmission power P SUM ; α is the path loss compensation factor; PL i-1 is the i-th path loss.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于接收网络设备发送的参考端口标识和第二功率信息,其中,第二功率信息用于指示第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,该第一上行端口为N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的任一上行端口;处理单元802在发送第i个第一分信号之前,可以根据第二功率信息分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率,其中,第一上行端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率为第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,与参考端口的第三发送功率的分贝功率之和,以及,根据所获取的第i个上行端口的第i个第三发送功率,确定发送第i个第一分信号的第i个第一发送功率。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive the reference port identifier and the second power information sent by the network device, where the second power information is used to indicate the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port. The first uplink port is any one of the N uplink ports except the reference port; before sending the i-th first sub-signal, the processing unit 802 may obtain the third of the N uplink ports according to the second power information. Transmit power, where the decibel power of the third transmit power of the first uplink port is the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port, and the sum of the decibel power of the third transmit power of the reference port, and according to the obtained first uplink port The i-th third transmit power of the i uplink ports determines the i-th first transmit power of the i-th first sub-signal.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802若确定第i个第三发送功率不大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则控制通信单元803根据第i个第三发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号;若确定第i个第三发送功率大于第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,则控制通信单元803根据第i个上行端口的最大发送功率,发送第i个第一分信号。In a possible design, if the processing unit 802 determines that the i-th third transmission power is not greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, it controls the communication unit 803 to transmit the i-th third transmission power according to the i-th third transmission power. The first sub-signal; if it is determined that the i-th third transmission power is greater than the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port, the control communication unit 803 sends the i-th first sub-signal according to the maximum transmission power of the i-th uplink port.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于向网络设备上报装置800的功率余量信息,该功率余量信息用于指示装置800的功率余量。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to report the power headroom information of the apparatus 800 to the network equipment, and the power headroom information is used to indicate the power headroom of the apparatus 800.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于接收网络设备发送的第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于指示网络设备为装置800分配的总发送功率;处理单元802可以根据第一功率信息获取网络设备为终端设备分配的总发送功率,并根据总发送功率和第二功率信息,分别获取N个上行端口的第三发送功率;其中,所获取的N个上行端口的第三发送功率之和不大于总发送功率;或者,N个上行端口中,参考端口的第三发送功率为总发送功率在该N个上行端口中的均值。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive the first power information sent by the network device, and the first power information is used to indicate the total transmit power allocated by the network device to the apparatus 800; the processing unit 802 may The first power information obtains the total transmission power allocated by the network equipment to the terminal equipment, and obtains the third transmission power of the N uplink ports according to the total transmission power and the second power information; wherein the third transmission power of the obtained N uplink ports The sum of the transmit power is not greater than the total transmit power; or, among the N uplink ports, the third transmit power of the reference port is the average value of the total transmit power in the N uplink ports.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于接收网络设备发送的第三功率信息,第三功率信息用于指示网络设备为参考端口分配的第三发送功率;处理单元802可以根据第三功率信息获取网络设备为参考端口分配的第三发送功率,并根据网络设备为参考端口分配的第三发送功率和第二功率信息中第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值,获取第一上行端口的第三发送功率。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive third power information sent by the network device, and the third power information is used to indicate the third transmit power allocated by the network device to the reference port; the processing unit 802 may be configured to The three-power information obtains the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port, and obtains the first uplink according to the third transmit power allocated by the network device for the reference port and the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port in the second power information The third transmit power of the port.
在一种可能的设计中,第一上行信号可以为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,也可以为探测参考信号SRS。In a possible design, the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,通信单元803可以用于接收网络设备发送的第五功率信息,该第五功率信息用于指示网络设备分别为N个上行端口分配的功率调整量;处理单元802可以用于根据第五功率信息获取网络设备为第i个上行端口分配的第i个功率调整量,并根据第i个功率调整量调整第i个 上行端口的第i个发送功率,其中,i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;通信单元803还可以用于根据调整后的第i个发送功率,发送第一上行信号的第i个第一分信号,该第一上行信号包括N个第一分信号。In another possible implementation manner, the communication unit 803 may be configured to receive fifth power information sent by the network device, where the fifth power information is used to indicate the power adjustment amounts that the network device allocates to the N uplink ports; the processing unit 802 may be used to obtain the i-th power adjustment amount allocated by the network device to the i-th uplink port according to the fifth power information, and adjust the i-th transmit power of the i-th uplink port according to the i-th power adjustment amount, where, i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1. The communication unit 803 may also be configured to transmit the i-th first sub-signal of the first uplink signal according to the adjusted i-th transmission power, the first uplink signal Including N first sub-signals.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于向网络设备发送功率余量信息,功率余量信息可以指示第i个上行端口的功率余量;网络设备可以根据该功率余量信息为所述第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 can also be used to send power headroom information to the network device, and the power headroom information can indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; the network device can be based on the power headroom information as The i-th uplink port is allocated the i-th power adjustment amount.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于接收网络设备发送的端口集合信息,该端口集合信息用于指示N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识;继而,第五功率信息可以包括第一端口集合的集合标识以及与集合标识对应的功率调整量,该第一端口集合包括第i个上行端口;处理单元802可以确定端口集合信息中与集合标识对应的一个或多个上行端口,并根据第五功率信息中,该集合标识对应的功率调整量调整上述一个或多个上行端口的发送功率。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive port set information sent by the network device, where the port set information is used to indicate the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports; then, the fifth power information It may include the set identifier of the first port set and the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier. The first port set includes the i-th uplink port; the processing unit 802 may determine one or more uplink ports corresponding to the set identifier in the port set information And adjust the transmit power of the one or more uplink ports according to the power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identifier in the fifth power information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一上行信号可以为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,也可以为探测参考信号SRS。In a possible design, the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
此外,该装置800还可以为上述任一实施例中的网络设备、或者还可以为设置在网络设备中的半导体芯片。处理单元802可以支持装置800执行上文中各方法示例中网络设备的动作,通信单元803可以支持装置800与终端设备之间的通信。In addition, the apparatus 800 may also be the network device in any of the above-mentioned embodiments, or may also be a semiconductor chip provided in the network device. The processing unit 802 may support the apparatus 800 to perform the actions of the network equipment in the foregoing method examples, and the communication unit 803 may support the communication between the apparatus 800 and the terminal equipment.
具体地,在一个实施例中,通信单元803可以用于接收终端设备发送的N个第一分信号;在该N个第一分信号中,第i个第一分信号是终端设备通过N个上行端口中的第i个上行端口向装置800发送的;处理单元801可以用于根据所收到的N个第一分信号获取第一上行信号。Specifically, in an embodiment, the communication unit 803 may be configured to receive N first sub-signals sent by the terminal device; among the N first sub-signals, the i-th first sub-signal is the terminal device passing through N The i-th uplink port among the uplink ports is sent to the apparatus 800; the processing unit 801 may be configured to obtain the first uplink signal according to the received N first partial signals.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802还可以用于根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗,为第一上行端口分配对应的分贝功率差值,其中,第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值用于指示第一上行端口的第三发送功率与参考端口的第三发送功率之间的分贝功率差值;该第一上行端口为N个上行端口中除参考端口之外的任一上行端口;第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值与第一上行端口与装置800之间的路径损耗正相关;以及,通信单元803还可以用于向终端设备发送参考端口的参考端口标识,以及第二功率信息,该第二功率信息包括上述第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。In a possible design, the processing unit 802 may also be configured to allocate a corresponding decibel power difference to the first upstream port according to the path loss corresponding to the first upstream port, where the decibel power difference corresponding to the first upstream port It is used to indicate the power difference in decibels between the third transmit power of the first uplink port and the third transmit power of the reference port; the first uplink port is any one of the N uplink ports except the reference port; The decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is positively correlated with the path loss between the first uplink port and the device 800; and the communication unit 803 may also be used to send the reference port identifier of the reference port and the second power to the terminal device Information, the second power information includes the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802在获取第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值时,可以获取终端设备通过第一上行端口发送第二上行信号的第二分信号的第四发送功率,该第二上行信号为终端设备在发送第一上行信号之前向装置800发送的上行信号,根据第四发送功率以及对第二分信号的接收功率获取第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,并根据第一上行端口对应的路径损耗估计值,获取第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。处理单元802也可以根据第四发送功率,以及,接收到的第二分信号的信噪比,获取第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗,其中,第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗用于指示第一上行端口与装置800之间的路径损耗,与接收到的噪声信号的分贝功率之和,继而根据第一上行端口对应的等效路径损耗,获取第一上行端口对应的分贝功率差值。In a possible design, when the processing unit 802 obtains the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port, it may obtain the fourth transmission power of the second sub-signal of the second uplink signal sent by the terminal device through the first uplink port. The second uplink signal is the uplink signal sent by the terminal device to the apparatus 800 before the first uplink signal is sent, and the path loss estimation value corresponding to the first uplink port is obtained according to the fourth transmission power and the received power of the second sub-signal, and According to the estimated path loss value corresponding to the first uplink port, the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port is obtained. The processing unit 802 may also obtain the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port according to the fourth transmission power and the received signal-to-noise ratio of the second sub-signal, where the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port is To indicate the path loss between the first uplink port and the device 800, and the sum of the decibel power of the received noise signal, and then obtain the decibel power difference corresponding to the first uplink port according to the equivalent path loss corresponding to the first uplink port value.
在一种可能的设计中,第二上行信号包括M个第二分信号,且,M个第二分信号是终端设备通过M个上行端口分别发送的;M个上行端口包括N个上行端口;通信单元803还可以用于接收终端设备发送的功率余量信息,该功率余量信息可以指示终端设备的功率余量;以及,处理单元802可以根据终端设备发送的功率余量信息获取终端设备发送第二上行信号的总实际发送功率,并根据总实际发送功率获取终端设备分别通过M个上行端口发送M个第二分信号的M个第四发送功率,该M个第四发送功 率之和为上述总实际发送功率。In a possible design, the second uplink signal includes M second sub-signals, and the M second sub-signals are respectively sent by the terminal device through the M uplink ports; the M uplink ports include N uplink ports; The communication unit 803 may also be used to receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device, the power headroom information may indicate the power headroom of the terminal device; and the processing unit 802 may obtain the power headroom information sent by the terminal device according to the power headroom information sent by the terminal device. The total actual transmit power of the second uplink signal, and obtain the M fourth transmit powers of the M second sub-signals sent by the terminal device respectively through M uplink ports according to the total actual transmit power, and the sum of the M fourth transmit powers is The above total actual transmit power.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于向终端设备发送第一功率信息,该第一功率信息用于向终端设备指示为终端设备分配的总发送功率。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to send first power information to the terminal device, where the first power information is used to indicate to the terminal device the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802还可以用于根据为终端设备分配的总发送功率在N个上行端口中的均值,获取参考端口的第三发送功率,并向终端设备发送第三功率信息,该第三功率信息可以向终端设备指示参考端口的第三发送功率。In a possible design, the processing unit 802 may also be configured to obtain the third transmit power of the reference port according to the average value of the total transmit power allocated for the terminal device in the N uplink ports, and send the third power to the terminal device Information, the third power information may indicate the third transmit power of the reference port to the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一上行信号可以为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,也可以为探测参考信号SRS。In a possible design, the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
在又一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元802可以用于根据接收到的第二上行信号的N个第二分信号,获取N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数;其中,上述N个第二分信号是终端设备通过N个上行端口分别向网络设备发送的;在N个上行端口中,第i个上行端口对应的第i个质量参数用于指示网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量;i小于等于N、且N为大于1的正整数;以及,根据第i个质量参数,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量。通信单元803可以用于向终端设备发送第五功率信息,该第五功率信息用于指示第i个功率调整量。In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 802 may be configured to obtain the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports respectively according to the received N second sub-signals of the second uplink signal; wherein, the above-mentioned N second sub-signals The sub-signal is sent by the terminal equipment to the network equipment through N uplink ports; among the N uplink ports, the i-th quality parameter corresponding to the i-th uplink port is used to indicate the i-th uplink port received by the network device The signal quality of the second sub-signal sent; i is less than or equal to N, and N is a positive integer greater than 1; and, according to the i-th quality parameter, the i-th uplink port is allocated the i-th power adjustment amount. The communication unit 803 may be configured to send fifth power information to the terminal device, where the fifth power information is used to indicate the i-th power adjustment amount.
在一种可能的设计中,第i个质量参数包括网络设备对上述第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的接收功率,也可以包括网络设备接收到的第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信噪比。In a possible design, the i-th quality parameter includes the received power of the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port by the network device, and may also include the second sub-signal sent by the i-th uplink port received by the network device. The signal-to-noise ratio of the sub-signal.
在一种可能的设计中,第i个功率调整量与网络设备接收到的、第i个上行端口发送的第二分信号的信号质量负相关。In a possible design, the i-th power adjustment amount is negatively related to the signal quality of the second sub-signal received by the network device and sent by the i-th uplink port.
在一种可能的设计中,通信单元803还可以用于接收终端设备发送的功率余量信息,该功率余量信息可以指示第i个上行端口的功率余量。处理单元802可以根据第i个质量参数以及第i个上行端口的功率余量,为第i个上行端口分配第i个功率调整量;其中,第i个功率调整量不大于第i个上行端口的功率余量。In a possible design, the communication unit 803 may also be used to receive power headroom information sent by the terminal device, and the power headroom information may indicate the power headroom of the i-th uplink port. The processing unit 802 can allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the i-th uplink port according to the i-th quality parameter and the power headroom of the i-th uplink port; wherein, the i-th power adjustment amount is not greater than the i-th uplink port The power headroom.
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元802还可以用于根据N个上行端口分别对应的质量参数,构建一个或多个端口集合;针对任一端口集合,该端口集合包括一个或多个上行端口,若端口集合包括多个上行端口,则该端口集合中任意两个上行端口分别对应的质量参数之间的差值不大于预设的第二阈值。通信单元803还可以用于向终端设备发送端口集合信息,该端口集合信息可以向终端设备指示N个上行端口分别对应的端口集合的集合标识。处理单元802可以为第i个上行端口所在的第一端口集合分配第i个功率调整量,通信单元803可以向终端设备发送第五功率信息,该第五功率信息中包括第一端口集合的集合标识以及与集合标识对应的第i个功率调整量。In a possible design, the processing unit 802 can also be used to construct one or more port sets according to the quality parameters corresponding to the N uplink ports; for any port set, the port set includes one or more uplink ports If the port set includes multiple uplink ports, the difference between the quality parameters corresponding to any two uplink ports in the port set is not greater than the preset second threshold. The communication unit 803 may also be configured to send port set information to the terminal device, and the port set information may indicate to the terminal device the set identifiers of the port sets corresponding to the N uplink ports. The processing unit 802 may allocate the i-th power adjustment amount to the first port set where the i-th uplink port is located, and the communication unit 803 may send fifth power information to the terminal device, where the fifth power information includes the set of the first port set Identification and the i-th power adjustment amount corresponding to the set identification.
在一种可能的设计中,第一上行信号可以为承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH信道的信号,也可以为探测参考信号SRS。In a possible design, the first uplink signal may be a signal carried on the physical uplink shared channel PUSCH channel, or may be a sounding reference signal SRS.
参阅图11所示,为本申请提供的一种装置示意图,该装置可以是上述实施例中的终端设备或网络设备。该装置900包括:处理器902、通信接口903、存储器901。可选的,装置900还可以包括总线904。其中,通信接口903、处理器902以及存储器901可以通过通信线路904相互连接;通信线路904可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,简称PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,简称EISA)总线等。所述通信线路904可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图11中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类 型的总线。Refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic diagram of an apparatus provided in this application. The apparatus may be a terminal device or a network device in the foregoing embodiment. The
处理器902可以是一个CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。通信接口903,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,RAN,无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN),有线接入网等。存储器901可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically er服务器able programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路904与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。其中,存储器901用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器902来控制执行。处理器902用于执行存储器901中存储的计算机执行指令,并通过通信接口903通信,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的方法,例如处理器902实现前述步骤S201生成第一上行信号等,处理器902通过通信接口903执行步骤S202中发送第一分信号等,不再赘述。可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The
在一种可能的实现方式中,装置900的结构可以如图12所示。如图12所示,终端设备包括存储器901、处理器902、TX(Transmit,发送)信号处理器9031和RX(Receive,接收)信号处理器9032,以及S条天线,其中,TX信号处理单元9031、RX信号处理单元9032,以及多条天线对应与上述通信接口903。In a possible implementation manner, the structure of the
在装置900为终端设备的情况下,处理器902用于控制TX信号处理器9031和RX信号处理器9032按照本申请实施例所提供的方法通过S条天线收发信号。When the
TX信号处理器9031实现信号发送的各种信号处理功能,RX信号处理器9032实现信号接收的各种信号处理功能。The
TX信号处理器9031和RX信号处理器9032分别通过TX射频通道和RX射频通道与天线相连。TX射频通道将基带信号调制到载波频率,通过天线发送出去;RX射频通道将从天线接收到的射频信号解调为基带信号,交由RX信号处理单元9032处理。部分天线可配置为可同时发送和接收,因此同时与TX射频通道和RX射频通道相连;部分天线配置为只用于接收,因此只与RX射频通道相连。另外TX射频通道和RX射频通道可与任一天线相连,如TX射频通道1和RX射频通道1与天线2相连,可根据业务需求灵活配置。The
在装置900为网络设备的情况下,TX信号处理单元9031和TX射频通道用于处理和发送的信号/信道对应终端设备RX信号处理单元和RX射频通道处理和接收的信号/信道,RX信号处理单元9032和RX射频通道用于处理和接收的信号/信道对应终端设备TX信号处理单元和TX射频通道处理和发送的信号/信道。其它方面类似,对此不再赘述。When the
基于相同的技术构思,本申请实施例还提供另一种包括终端设备和网络设备的系统结构示意图,如图13所示。终端设备1000包括功率控制模块1001、PH计算模块1002和PUSCH/SRS发送模块1003,其中,PUSCH/SRS发送模块1003可在图12所示的TX信号处理器9031中实现。功率控制模块1001可以计算各上行端口的发送功率,并配置PUSCH/SRS发送模块1003按计算的发送功率发送PUSCH/SRS。PH计算模块1002实现PUSCH/SRS的PH计算,并通过PUSCH/SRS发送模块1003在 PUSCH的MAC CE中发送给网络设备。PUSCH/SRS发送模块1003实现PUSCH/SRS的发送。终端设备1000还包括PDCCH接收模块1004,可在图12所示的RX信号处理器9032中实现,用于接收PDCCH并解析出DCI0_0、DCI0_1、DCI2_2或DCI2_3中的TPC命令,供功率控制模块1001计算各端口的发送功率使用。各模块具体功能可以参考图4至图7所示实施例中由终端设备执行的步骤,对此不再赘述。Based on the same technical concept, the embodiment of the present application also provides another schematic diagram of the system structure including a terminal device and a network device, as shown in FIG. 13. The terminal device 1000 includes a power control module 1001, a PH calculation module 1002, and a PUSCH/SRS transmission module 1003. The PUSCH/SRS transmission module 1003 can be implemented in the
网络设备1100包括上行功率控制模块1101、PUSCH/SRS接收模块1102和PDCCH发送模块1103。其中,PUSCH/SRS接收模块1102可在图12所示的RX信号处理器9032中实现。上行功率控制模块1101决策是否需要调整终端设备1000中PUSCH/SRS发送模块1003的发送功率,如果需要则生成TPC命令,通过PDCCH发送模块1103下发给终端设备;PUSCH/SRS接收模块1102提供当前PUSCH/SRS信道质量和PH值给上行功率控制模块1101,供上行功率控制模块1101决策是否需要调整PUSCH/SRS的发射功率。PDCCH发送模块1103可在图12所示的TX信号处理器9031中实现,用于PDCCH发送,PDCCH可承载DCI0_0、DCI0_1、DCI2_2或DCI2_3,其中可包含TPC命令。各模块具体功能可以参考图4至图7所示实施例中由网络设备执行的步骤,对此不再赘述。The network device 1100 includes an uplink power control module 1101, a PUSCH/SRS receiving module 1102, and a PDCCH sending module 1103. Among them, the PUSCH/SRS receiving module 1102 can be implemented in the
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(Solid State Disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器,专用集成电路(ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of this application can be implemented by general-purpose processors, digital signal processors, application-specific integrated circuits (ASIC), field programmable gate arrays (FPGA) or other programmable logic devices, Discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above are designed to implement or operate the described functions. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor. Optionally, the general-purpose processor may also be any traditional processor, controller, microcontroller, or state machine. The processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration achieve.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中,ASIC可以设置于终端设备中。可选地,处理器和存储媒介也可以设置于终端设备中的不同的部件中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. The software unit can be stored in RAM memory, flash memory, ROM memory, EPROM memory, EEPROM memory, registers, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM, or any other storage medium in the art. Exemplarily, the storage medium may be connected to the processor, so that the processor can read information from the storage medium, and can store and write information to the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium may also be integrated into the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be arranged in an ASIC, and the ASIC can be arranged in a terminal device. Optionally, the processor and the storage medium may also be arranged in different components in the terminal device.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图 和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention is described with reference to flowcharts and/or block diagrams of methods, devices (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present invention. It should be understood that each process and/or block in the flowchart and/or block diagram, and the combination of processes and/or blocks in the flowchart and/or block diagram can be realized by computer program instructions. These computer program instructions can be provided to the processor of a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, an embedded processor, or other programmable data processing equipment to generate a machine, so that the instructions executed by the processor of the computer or other programmable data processing equipment can be generated A device that implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。These computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer-readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing equipment to work in a specific manner, so that the instructions stored in the computer-readable memory produce an article of manufacture including the instruction device. The device implements the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded on a computer or other programmable data processing equipment, so that a series of operation steps are executed on the computer or other programmable equipment to produce computer-implemented processing, so as to execute on the computer or other programmable equipment. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one process or multiple processes in the flowchart and/or one block or multiple blocks in the block diagram.
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。Although the preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described, those skilled in the art can make additional changes and modifications to these embodiments once they learn the basic creative concept. Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and all changes and modifications falling within the scope of the present invention.
Claims (66)
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201910099115.3 | 2019-01-31 | ||
| CN201910099115.3A CN111510935B (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2019-01-31 | Uplink signal sending method, receiving method, device and system |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2020156412A1 true WO2020156412A1 (en) | 2020-08-06 |
Family
ID=71841975
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2020/073719 Ceased WO2020156412A1 (en) | 2019-01-31 | 2020-01-22 | Uplink signal transmitting and receiving methods and devices, and system |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN111510935B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2020156412A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN114126023B (en) * | 2020-08-31 | 2024-03-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | Power configuration method and device |
| EP4016859B1 (en) | 2020-12-21 | 2025-09-10 | Nokia Technologies Oy | Improved uplink operation |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102577536A (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2012-07-11 | 交互数字专利控股公司 | Power Control for Devices with Multiple Antennas |
| CN102763463A (en) * | 2010-04-01 | 2012-10-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | System and method for uplink multi-antenna power control in a communications system |
| CN108260197A (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2018-07-06 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device in UE and base station for power adjustment |
| WO2018199584A1 (en) * | 2017-04-24 | 2018-11-01 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for receiving phase tracking reference signal by terminal in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
Family Cites Families (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN101646187B (en) * | 2001-05-14 | 2012-10-31 | 美商内数位科技公司 | Method for determining uplink power level executed in base station |
| CN103096448B (en) * | 2011-10-28 | 2016-08-24 | 华为技术有限公司 | Uplink power control method, user equipment and access point |
| CN103209470B (en) * | 2012-01-13 | 2018-02-06 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | A kind of uplink signal sending method and device |
| CN108811063B (en) * | 2017-05-05 | 2023-07-18 | 华为技术有限公司 | A method and device for determining uplink signal transmission power |
-
2019
- 2019-01-31 CN CN201910099115.3A patent/CN111510935B/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-01-22 WO PCT/CN2020/073719 patent/WO2020156412A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102577536A (en) * | 2009-10-02 | 2012-07-11 | 交互数字专利控股公司 | Power Control for Devices with Multiple Antennas |
| CN102763463A (en) * | 2010-04-01 | 2012-10-31 | 华为技术有限公司 | System and method for uplink multi-antenna power control in a communications system |
| CN108260197A (en) * | 2016-12-29 | 2018-07-06 | 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 | Method and device in UE and base station for power adjustment |
| WO2018199584A1 (en) * | 2017-04-24 | 2018-11-01 | 엘지전자 주식회사 | Method for receiving phase tracking reference signal by terminal in wireless communication system, and device supporting same |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN111510935B (en) | 2022-03-08 |
| CN111510935A (en) | 2020-08-07 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN109309954B (en) | Uplink power control method, base station and terminal | |
| EP3614750B1 (en) | Power headroom reporting | |
| WO2020063923A1 (en) | Signal transmission method, related device and system | |
| US10595279B2 (en) | Power control method and device | |
| CN114503692B (en) | Apparatus and method for power control in a wireless communication system | |
| US11503549B2 (en) | Power allocation method and related device | |
| WO2020030038A1 (en) | Power control method and device, and method and device for determining target receiving power | |
| WO2019214725A1 (en) | Beam training method, apparatus, and system | |
| WO2018126930A1 (en) | Power control method and communication device | |
| WO2018126850A1 (en) | Uplinksignal transmit power control | |
| EP4120751A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system | |
| US11337113B2 (en) | Use of uplink communication quality as basis to control split-uplink operation for dual-connectivity service | |
| WO2022042257A1 (en) | Method and device for power configuration | |
| US20250150987A1 (en) | Medium access control (mac) control element (ce) design for multiple power management maximum power reduction (p-mpr) reporting | |
| WO2023202530A1 (en) | Power determination method and apparatus, and chip and module device | |
| WO2020156412A1 (en) | Uplink signal transmitting and receiving methods and devices, and system | |
| CN112673680B (en) | Power determination method, device and equipment | |
| WO2018127100A1 (en) | Uplink power control method and communication apparatus | |
| WO2023165375A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| US10397930B2 (en) | Resource and power allocation indication in beam-based access system | |
| WO2025066151A1 (en) | Channel state information sending method, channel state information receiving method, apparatuses and storage medium | |
| WO2024032216A1 (en) | Information transmission method, and apparatus | |
| EP4185040A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| CN117204058A (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal equipment and network equipment | |
| WO2024020822A1 (en) | Uplink power control method and apparatus, device, and storage medium |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20749291 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20749291 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |










